Academic year 2024 - 2025

•     Advanced Use of Excel ANA002AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - recognize the possibilities of spreadsheet calculation
  - identify the possibilities of using the Excel program in working life
  - knows how to use the Excel program versatilely and effectively
  - knows how to choose appropriate ways from the functions offered by the Excel program

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before completing this course, the student must know the basics of Excel.

  Contents

  Functions and calculations versatilely; rounding, search, lookup, time.
  Pivots and utilization of it.
  Forms and templates
  Basics of using macros and Visual Basic.
  Data refining - data to support decision-making.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - knows the basic use of the program and copes with the assigned tasks helpfully
  - can apply the features of the program independently to a small extent

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - can apply a spreadsheet program appropriately
  - is able to find new solutions using Excel's functions in a versatile way

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - can apply the program versatilely to practical situations
  - have strong skills and reliable competence
  - is able to independently find new and effective solutions and use the versatile possibilities of Excel

  Further information

  The course materials do not fully support Mac users. Mac users may work through vdi.
  Note! The software must be installed on the machine, OnlineExcel is not enough.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Study like you want, at your own pace based on the videos in the course, on-site in class or remotely online.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All the material or the links to those are in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Lauri Tapola, Ville Pennanen

  Working life connections

  The course is based on assignments that are based on teachers' over 20 years of work-life experience.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exams, some assignments are graded, and grading is based on those assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  We are using English as the course language and the English version of Excel.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  The assignments are practical and useful, skills taught are important to manage in work-life.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  8 weeks, assignments and lessons for every week.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • IBE4PAACC
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  - at your own pace based on the videos and guidance in the course,
  - on-site in class or
  - remotely online.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Some of the assignments are graded.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Advanced Use of Excel ANA002AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  - recognize the possibilities of spreadsheet calculation
  - identify the possibilities of using the Excel program in working life
  - knows how to use the Excel program versatilely and effectively
  - knows how to choose appropriate ways from the functions offered by the Excel program

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before completing this course, the student must know the basics of Excel.

  Contents

  Functions and calculations versatilely; rounding, search, lookup, time.
  Pivots and utilization of it.
  Forms and templates
  Basics of using macros and Visual Basic.
  Data refining - data to support decision-making.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - knows the basic use of the program and copes with the assigned tasks helpfully
  - can apply the features of the program independently to a small extent

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - can apply a spreadsheet program appropriately
  - is able to find new solutions using Excel's functions in a versatile way

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - can apply the program versatilely to practical situations
  - have strong skills and reliable competence
  - is able to independently find new and effective solutions and use the versatile possibilities of Excel

  Further information

  The course materials do not fully support Mac users. Mac users may work through vdi.
  Note! The software must be installed on the machine, OnlineExcel is not enough.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material and links to be shared in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Lauri Tapola, Ville Pennanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3006 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Dixon & Adamson. The Challenger Sale How to Take Control of the Customer Conversation
  • Futrell, C. M Fundamentals of Selling
  • Manning, Reese & Aherne. 2010. Selling today. Pearson Education
  • Materials given out during the course

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     B2B Sales Skills SAL004AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student is able to:
  - describe the elements of a successful B2B-sales encounter and define the necessary skills to excel in B2B-sales
  - construct a successful B2B-sales conversation in an omnichannel environment and offer solutions to customers emphasizing customer value
  - define and identify different types of buyer personas and adjust sales approach accordingly
  - comprehend the extend of a customer experience and its influence on sales
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in B2B sales.
  The course also offers the necessary skills and knowledge for participation in the Best Seller and European Sales Competition.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of International Sales and Marketing (Haaga-Helia Degree Program in International Business) as well as Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Customer Experience and Sales" prior to "B2B Sales Skills" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in the courses.

  Contents

  - Ever-evolving B2B-sales arena and B2B-sales roles
  - B2B-sales strategies and skills
  - Thought leadership in B2B-sales and customer value driven sales approach
  - Understanding and valuing diversity in sales
  - Structure of a customer-centric sales encounter (sales process) and sales tools
  - Sales conversation skills in practice (role-plays)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to engage in a customer-centric sales conversation
  - You are able to define best customer solutions based on customer value
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and develop your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers'

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - You are able to describe and define the parts of a customer-centric sales conversation with confidence
  - You are able to execute a customer-centric sales conversation in an omnichannel environment in a professional manner and possess the skills and knowledge required to enter a sales competition (Best Seller Competition / European Sales Competition)
  - You are able to define best customer solutions and justify this to a customer based on customer value in credible manner
  - You understand the extend of a customer experience and its impact on sales and are able to leverage this in sales
  - You are able to identify different type of customer personas and adjust your own approach based on that of the customers' in a professional manner

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basic Work Placement PLA001HH1AE-3014 01.08.2024-31.12.2024  15 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of practical tasks at work
  • act according to the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and make specifically justified development proposals
  • develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson, Elina Vannesluoma, Heli Kortesalmi, Marit Keränen, Petra Lindell, Soile Kallinen, Anna Kimberley, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  1 - 150

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basic Work Placement PLA001HH1AE-3015 01.01.2025-31.07.2025  15 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After the work placement, students are able to
  
  • identify and evaluate their own professional strengths and areas for development from the perspective of practical tasks at work
  • act according to the rules of the work community
  • evaluate the activities of the organisation and make specifically justified development proposals
  • develop and update skills required at work as well as study and career plans

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites

  Contents

  Work placement can be completed in a suitable Finnish or international company, public entity or other suitable organisation, such as various associations or non-profit organisations. The student can also work as an entrepreneur in his/her own company. Work placement can also be completed abroad.

  ---

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Anne Simpson, Heli Kortesalmi, Marit Keränen, Anna Kimberley, Soile Kallinen, Hannu Koikkalainen, Toni von Martens

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  26.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  1 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 15 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3051 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Books and material provided in the implementation

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3034 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen, Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3035 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Juan Borra, Timi Kohonen

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3036 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Math: Flipped Classroom and class exercises
  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks and quizzes

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.
  There are three exams:
  Math Exam
  Finance & Accounting Exam1
  Finance & Accounting Exam 2

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on campus

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Math: 40%
  Finance & Accounting: 60%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3037 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Virtual course.
  All study and practice materials and tutorials are available in Moodle.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  There are Video tutorials, Sway documents and PowerPoint materials for study. In addition, for the accounting part, the following e-book is recommended and available online with HH credentials: Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Arto Elomaa

  Working life connections

  During this course, we utilize various real-case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two (2) exams for Finance & Accounting
  
  One exam for Business Math.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course, we utilize various real-case examples from various countries. We also utilize a variety of international sources for learning material and videos.

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  This is a virtual course. It has to be completed between.23.10.2023 and 15.12.2023.
  Students are instructed to follow weekly schedule to be able to complete the course in the given time.

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  All quizzes are compulsory to unlock the exam. The Quizzes require 60% correct to pass.
  Only the exams are graded. The weight on the final grade is as followed
  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Math: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Basics of Financial Management ECO001HH1AE-3038 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Can calculate and apply simple and compound interest calculations in various business cases,
  Knows how to analyze the income statement, balance sheet, and cost structure, and understands their cause-effect relationships
  Knows how to calculate key figures based on the financial information of a company and how to interpret them.
  Introduction to "3 P" model: profit, people and planet" with focus on the profit side of this.
  Knows the basics of cost-volume-profit analysis
  Knows basic pricing models and is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in pricing.
  The course includes various examples and business case of international companies.

  Contents

  Business Mathematics, simple and compound interest calculations
  Basics of Financial Accounting: Financial statements, Balance Sheet, and Income statement
  Basics of Managerial Accounting: Cost behavior, Cost Volume Profit, Break-even point, and related calculations
  Principles of pricing and VAT.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  1. The student is able to calculate basic simple and compound interest exercises. Is able to describe cost and profitability concepts and categories.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  3. The student is able to select and apply the correct interest calculation method. Is able to describe the core principles of management and financial accounting. Is able to describe the effects of business transactions on the company’s income statement, balance sheet and profitability. Is able to independently calculate the key figures of the income statement and balance sheet.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  5. The student Is able to apply simple and compound interest independently in various business cases. Is able to analyze and interpret the income statement and balance sheet as well as key figures based on them. Is able to make decisions based on financial information as well as combine theoretical and practical information. Is able to apply VAT (value-added tax) in simple pricing.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Accounting & Finance: Lectures, team discussions, workbooks, quizzes and more...
  Business Mathematics: Flipped Classroom learning method, class exercises and quizzes.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Accounting and finance for non-specialists, Atrill, Peter McLaney, E. J., 11th edition. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen, Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Timing of the exams will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  During this course we utilize various real case examples from various countries.We also utilize a variety of international sources for the learning material and videos.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Quizzes in Moodle, Excel workbooks, Exams

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact sessions twice a week on Pasila campus

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Finance & Accounting: 60%
  Business Mathematics: 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Brush up Business Mathematics ANA002HH1AE-3008 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  3 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilise equations and proportionality in problem solving
  - apply percentage calculations in basic calculations in their own field
  - use Excel efficiently in calculations

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The student will need to take Mathematics Placement test before taking this course.
  This course has to be completed before the key competence course Basics of Financial Management.
  This course is part of Haaga-Helia Key Competences.

  Contents

  - linear equations
  - direct and inverse proportionality
  - basic percentage calculations
  - change and comparison in percents
  - base value
  - percentage point
  - equations with powers
  - use of Excel in mathematics

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Face-to-face instruction.
  Class exercises and examples.
  Weekly homework exercises.
  Additional math support workshops available.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle

  Teachers

  Jutta Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  Examples and exercises are from the everyday business life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam will be held on the last week of the course.
  
  Retakes are organized in the Exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Weekly homework exercises.

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Weekly contact session.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Virtual implementation and online implementation.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Homework exercises
  or
  Exam
  Evaluation: Pass/Fail

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Brush up Business Mathematics ANA002HH1AE-3009 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  3 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - utilise equations and proportionality in problem solving
  - apply percentage calculations in basic calculations in their own field
  - use Excel efficiently in calculations

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The student will need to take Mathematics Placement test before taking this course.
  This course has to be completed before the key competence course Basics of Financial Management.
  This course is part of Haaga-Helia Key Competences.

  Contents

  - linear equations
  - direct and inverse proportionality
  - basic percentage calculations
  - change and comparison in percents
  - base value
  - percentage point
  - equations with powers
  - use of Excel in mathematics

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Brush up Swedish SWE002HH1AE-3003 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  3 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successful completion the student is able to
  
  - make use of general vocabulary
  
  - express themself orally and in writing
  
  - understand elementary texts and simple speech
  
  - use the most central structures of Swedish
  
  - assess and develop their language learning skills
  
  - take part of the course Professional Swedish/Svenska för arbetslivet

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  To be able to successfully participate in this course, student needs to know the following knowledge, skills and tools:
  
  The course is intended for students who have not passed the placement test in Swedish. The course prepares the student for the Key Competence course Professional Swedish/Svenska för arbetslivet.
  
  The starting level of the course is A2 in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages.

  Contents

  Grammar topics:
  
  - question asking words
  - time expressions and numbers
  - nouns
  - adjectives
  - verbs
  - personal pronouns
  - word order
  
  In addition to revising grammar and structures the student also practices vocabulary and expressions related to e.g. small talk and studies.

  Further information

  Obligatory assignments:
  
  - exam
  - written assignment
  - oral assignment
  - homework, Moodle quizzes, vocabulary tests
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions twice a week and independent study

  Learning material and recommended literature

  material on moodle as well as material handed out on lessons

  Teachers

  Pia Tapio

  Working life connections

  The course prepares students for the course Professional Swedish in which students learn essential Swedish communication skills related to their study field.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  TBA on Moodle before the course starts

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Swedish language skills are useful in Finland as well as in the other Nordic countries.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Weekly assignments
  Discussion
  Exam

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  TBA on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  All parts of the course must be passed in order to receive the grade "pass" for the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 3 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business Simulation ECO007AS2AE-3004 14.10.2024-18.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course students will simulate a copy machine company in which they have the full responsibility as board members. Teams have to take both operative and strategic decisions for every period based on the provided business information and its’ analysis. Teams are expected to be able to justify their strategies and decisions fact based.
  Developing marketing strategies and implementing them, building a financial strategy and braking it down to day to day operations as well as using management accounting tools like product costing will be your daily business. Managing and motivating your workforce at an efficient level and keeping the production capacities in mind will complement your managerial tasks. The combination and alignment of those individual functional strategies to an overarching corporate strategy under time pressure will be your masterpiece. Your shareholders expect rising share prices and want to be updated on development after every period.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Ennen tämän opintojakson suorittamista opiskelijalla tulee olla suoritettuna Haaga-Helian yhteiset avainopinnot sekä tradenomin avainopinnot. (not translated)

  Contents

  In TOPSIM -business simulation teams must take decisions on several fields:
  • Corporate objectives and strategies
  • Sales: Competition analysis, marketing mix, product life cycles, product re-launches, new product launches, entering a new market, costing of special transactions, contribution margin accounting and market research reports as a basis of information for marketing decisions
  • R&D: Technology, ecology, value analysis
  • Procurement/ warehousing: Optimum order quantity
  • Manufacturing: Investment, disinvestment, in-house production or external procurement, capacity planning, ecological production, rationalisation, learning curve
  • HR: HR planning, qualification, productivity, absences, fluctuation
  • Finance and accounting: Cost type, cost centre, cost object accounting, gradual contribution margin accounting, financial planning, balance sheet recognition and income statement, cash flow, share price and company value, portfolio

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Organisaation toiminnot näyttäytyvät opiskelijalle irrallisina, prosessi ja kokonaisuus hahmottuvat vain osittain. Päätöksenteko perustuu yksipuoliseen tai satunnaiseen tietojen hyödyntämiseen. Opiskelija tarvitsee paljon tukea toimintaansa. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Opiskelija hahmottaa liiketoiminnan kokonaisuuden ja eri toimintojen väliset yhteydet. Tehdyt päätökset ovat perusteltuja. Opiskelijan toimii hyvin osana ryhmäänsä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Opiskelija osoittaa erinomaista liiketoiminnan, prosessien ja syy-seuraussuhteiden ymmärrystä. Päätöksenteko perustuu monipuolisiin analyyseihin. Opiskelija on aktiivinen oman ryhmänsä työskentelyssä ja tuo panoksellaan selkeästi lisäarvoa yhteiselle tekemiselle. (not translated)

  Further information

  IN ENGLISH
  Introduction:
  
  https://cloud.topsim.com/index.php?id=10&L=1

  ---

  Teachers

  Timo Pöysti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO2
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO1
  • BLENDED
  • INTENSIVE
  • IBE5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business Simulation ECO007AS2AE-3005 17.03.2025-21.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course students will simulate a copy machine company in which they have the full responsibility as board members. Teams have to take both operative and strategic decisions for every period based on the provided business information and its’ analysis. Teams are expected to be able to justify their strategies and decisions fact based.
  Developing marketing strategies and implementing them, building a financial strategy and braking it down to day to day operations as well as using management accounting tools like product costing will be your daily business. Managing and motivating your workforce at an efficient level and keeping the production capacities in mind will complement your managerial tasks. The combination and alignment of those individual functional strategies to an overarching corporate strategy under time pressure will be your masterpiece. Your shareholders expect rising share prices and want to be updated on development after every period.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Ennen tämän opintojakson suorittamista opiskelijalla tulee olla suoritettuna Haaga-Helian yhteiset avainopinnot sekä tradenomin avainopinnot. (not translated)

  Contents

  In TOPSIM -business simulation teams must take decisions on several fields:
  • Corporate objectives and strategies
  • Sales: Competition analysis, marketing mix, product life cycles, product re-launches, new product launches, entering a new market, costing of special transactions, contribution margin accounting and market research reports as a basis of information for marketing decisions
  • R&D: Technology, ecology, value analysis
  • Procurement/ warehousing: Optimum order quantity
  • Manufacturing: Investment, disinvestment, in-house production or external procurement, capacity planning, ecological production, rationalisation, learning curve
  • HR: HR planning, qualification, productivity, absences, fluctuation
  • Finance and accounting: Cost type, cost centre, cost object accounting, gradual contribution margin accounting, financial planning, balance sheet recognition and income statement, cash flow, share price and company value, portfolio

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Organisaation toiminnot näyttäytyvät opiskelijalle irrallisina, prosessi ja kokonaisuus hahmottuvat vain osittain. Päätöksenteko perustuu yksipuoliseen tai satunnaiseen tietojen hyödyntämiseen. Opiskelija tarvitsee paljon tukea toimintaansa. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Opiskelija hahmottaa liiketoiminnan kokonaisuuden ja eri toimintojen väliset yhteydet. Tehdyt päätökset ovat perusteltuja. Opiskelijan toimii hyvin osana ryhmäänsä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Opiskelija osoittaa erinomaista liiketoiminnan, prosessien ja syy-seuraussuhteiden ymmärrystä. Päätöksenteko perustuu monipuolisiin analyyseihin. Opiskelija on aktiivinen oman ryhmänsä työskentelyssä ja tuo panoksellaan selkeästi lisäarvoa yhteiselle tekemiselle. (not translated)

  Further information

  IN ENGLISH
  Introduction:
  
  https://cloud.topsim.com/index.php?id=10&L=1

  ---

  Teachers

  Timo Pöysti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  17.03.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO2
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO1
  • BLENDED
  • INTENSIVE
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Business course TESTI1-3014 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Tähän osaamistavoitteet (not translated)

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Tähän Lähtötaso ja sidonnaisuudet muihin opintojaksoihin (not translated)

  Contents

  Tähän sisältö (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 1 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 3 (not translated)

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Arviointikriteeri - arvosana 5 (not translated)

  Further information

  Tähän Lisätiedot (not translated)

  ---

  Responsible person

  Elli Korpinen

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Tähän Oppimateriaalit (not translated)

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • VIRTUAL
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  0 - 10

  Degree Programme

  ATB Degree in Aviation and Tourism Business, RUOKA Degree Programme in Culinary Management, LEBUM Degree Programme in Leading Business Transformation, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business, HOST Strategic Hospitality Management

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3006 01.01.2025-30.05.2025  2 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Available on course site/Moodle.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 2 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Contact, online and blended courses require attendance on sessions marked in schedule. If you are not present on over 25% of the sessions that require attendance, your grade is decreased by one number. If you are not present on over 50% of the session that require attendance, you will fail the course.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Markus Kauppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     CRM and ERP for Sales SAL001AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales and business.
  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and makes use of basic business processes.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student can depict business processes using a process modelling program.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  The course is part of Sales and Account Management orientation (Haaga-Helia Bachelor of Business Administration).
  
  It is recommended to study the "Entrepreneurship and Business Operations" and "Customer Experience and Sales" courses prior to "CRM and ERP for Sales" or otherwise acquire the knowledge provided in these courses. The course, however, can also be studied as an independent entity.

  Contents

  Completing order-to-cash, procure-to-pay and manufacturing business processing with ERP software
  Entry & update of leads, opportunities, quotes, and orders in a CRM system
  Sales pipeline and sales process in CRM
  Depicting business processes with a process modelling tool

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the role of enterprise resource planning (ERP) and customer relationship management (CRM) software in sales.
  The student can satisfactorily depict business processes.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes from sales view.
  The student can use basic functionalities of ERP and CRM software.
  The student can depict business processes using process modelling tool.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student has command of key ERP and CRM concepts and processes in sales, sales management and business in general.
  The student has command of the accumulated data in ERP and CRM software and how it helps in measuring and developing the success of sales and business.
  The student has a solid grasp of software functionalities in sales.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Career Planning STU007HH1AE-3007 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or a corresponding course, the student:
  - is able to search and utilize labour market data, e.g. information about salaries and employability in different fields, while planning one’s career
  - identifies one’s strengths and development areas in relation to career plan
  - recognizes different possibilities for further education
  - is able to create and develop a career plan
  - identifies the significance of career planning

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.
  
  This course is included in Keys to Studies and Career which is one of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anne Simpson

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • IBE2PA1
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 1 CHI001AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic everyday situations
  - master the Mandarin Pinyin transliteration system and the fundamentals of the Chinese writing system
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Chinese speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  Content
  
  • Pronunciation & intonation of Mandarin Pinyin
  • Basic structures of the Language
  • Basic structures and the most common characters of the Chinese writing system
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing and telling the name, nationality, language skills, etc.
  • Ordering in a teahouse, cafe or a bar
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Chinese language with assistance in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Chinese language quite independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Chinese language independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 1 CHI001AS2AE-3006 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  - manage in basic oral everyday situations/ use the elementary structures of the language in basic everyday situations
  - master the Mandarin Pinyin transliteration system and the fundamentals of the Chinese writing system
  - recognize the basic cultural specificities of the Chinese speaking countries
  - recognize the cultural and language diversity and language
  - plan his/her future language studies.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisite course required

  Contents

  Content
  
  • Pronunciation & intonation of Mandarin Pinyin
  • Basic structures of the Language
  • Basic structures and the most common characters of the Chinese writing system
  • Small talk -situations
  • Introducing and telling the name, nationality, language skills, etc.
  • Ordering in a teahouse, cafe or a bar
  • Getting information about the country and the culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can use the Chinese language with assistance in work and everyday life very basic situations. He/She needs more practice regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is limited. He/She has some knowledge regarding the cultural aspects, and he/she is somewhat familiar with the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can use the Chinese language quite independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and to apply the knowledge in practical situations of communication. He/She manages quite well regarding the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is satisfactory. He/She has a good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she understands the diversity of the work environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can use the Chinese language independently in work and everyday life basic situations, and he/she can be a confident and productive participant in many practical situations of communication. He/She performs very well with the pronunciation, the written characters and the structures of the language, and his/her vocabulary is versatile. He/She has a very good knowledge of the cultural aspects, and he/she can cope with the diversity of the work environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 2 CHI002AS2AE-3005 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally
  • master the basic skills of reading and writing common Chinese characters and interpreting their original “pictogram stories” and structures
  • communicate in Chinese-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • manage in a restaurant or a shopping center
  • manage in renting a car or a bike
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Chinese
  • develop travel plans, booking a hotel and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Chinese-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics, the most common required written characters and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, majority of the required written characters and how to apply what he/she learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, almost all of the required written characters and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBEB1PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • 3AMK
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 2 CHI002AS2AE-3006 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • handle everyday life and work situations orally
  • master the basic skills of reading and writing common Chinese characters and interpreting their original “pictogram stories” and structures
  • communicate in Chinese-speaking countries considering their special cultural characteristics
  • take into account cultural diversity
  • plan their future language studies and start their exchange abroad.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 course or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • discuss one’s own daily and weekly program
  • describe one’s living environment
  • manage in a restaurant or a shopping center
  • manage in renting a car or a bike
  • express one’s own opinion
  • digital communication in the language in Chinese
  • develop travel plans, booking a hotel and travelling
  • deepen one’s own cultural knowledge of Chinese-speaking countries and their cultures

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the basics of pronunciation, the most common language basics, the most common required written characters and partly also the course’s vocabulary. He/She knows some general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she has acquainted him/herself with the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in the most common every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, majority of the required written characters and how to apply what he/she learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment much better than before.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student knows how to use the Chinese language quite independently and naturally in different every day and work life situations. He/She has mastered the pronunciation, many language basics, almost all of the required written characters and he/she applies fearlessly what he/she has learnt to different language situations. He/She knows the general characteristics of the language area very well and its everyday life and work culture, and he/she understands and is able to promote the diversity of the Chinese-speaking environment.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE2PA3
  • EXCH
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 3 CHI003AS2AE-3004 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  • share their own skills.
  • communicate more fluently in Chinese-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  • make use of information sources in the Chinese language and the language area
  • use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 and Chinese 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • introduction and acquaintance in formal situations
  • company presentations
  • business positions, rank and business card
  • job interviews
  • customer service situations
  • deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the basic structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the oral and written Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  • Meiru Liu 2006: Basic Business Chinese, Beijing University Press
  • The internet learning materials in Promentor
  • Handouts and materials provided by the teacher

  Teachers

  Elina Vannesluoma, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Chinese 3 CHI003AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning outcomes
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • manage in a variety of oral and written communication situations in work and everyday life
  • share their own skills.
  • communicate more fluently in Chinese-speaking countries, taking into account their cultural specificities
  • make use of information sources in the Chinese language and the language area
  • use the language more confidently and naturally.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1 and Chinese 2 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Content
  
  • introduction and acquaintance in formal situations
  • company presentations
  • business positions, rank and business card
  • job interviews
  • customer service situations
  • deepening knowledge of the country and culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the basic structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the oral and written Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • IBE4PASCM
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE3PA2
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  30 - 55

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Chinese 4 CHI004AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (TR4HEINT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Learning Objectives
  
  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equal knowledge will be able to
  
  • operate and communicate even more fluently in different oral and written situations in work life taking into account cultural characteristics
  • utilize different sources of information in Chinese society
  • understand Chinese business culture and business etiquette
  • apply language flexibly also in new situations
  • broaden and deepen their language skills also independently.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Chinese 1, Chinese 2 and Chinese 3 courses or equal knowledge

  Contents

  Contents
  
  • work life communication and related practices
  • telling about education and your own career plans
  • public relations communication
  • presentation on Chinese business culture in English and Chinese

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student copes adequately with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is not yet progressing consistently. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but sometimes is difficult to understand and there is still a lot of room for improvement. The student knows the structures of the required characters and understands only part of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student copes well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is progressing consistently and it is understandable. The language contains main structures, basic vocabulary and some professional vocabulary, but there is still room for improvement. The student knows well the structures of the required characters and understands most of the written characters required for the course.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student copes very well with the usual communication situations in both general and professional language. The Chinese language is structurally clear and fluent. His/Her skills in the written and oral Chinese correspond very well to the learning outcomes of the course in the most important professional and everyday communication situations. The student not only masters the structures of the required characters but can also apply the knowledge in learning new characters. She/He understands almost all the written characters required for the course.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hai Guo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • TR4HEINT
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • TR5HEINT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Circular Economy and Supply Chain Management COR008AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  A student who has completed this course or has acquired equivalent skills is able to:
  - know the circular economy's linkages to supply chain management
  - identify feasible, ethical and resource efficient circular economy solutions
  - recognize principles of collecting, recycling, purchasing circular materials and further processing of
  materials (sustainable manufacturing)
  - assess various environmental impacts of circular economy and monitoring performance and
  environmental impacts with use of metrics of circular economy
  - know principles of 1SO 14001 environmental management system and new ISO Circular economy standard
  - assess various greenhouse gas emissions of transportation modes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  - Basic business related courses completed

  Contents

  - Importance of supply chain management in circular economy
  - Processes from collection, recycling, circular sourcing, manufacturing
  - Greenhouse gazes of various transportation modes
  - Metrics related circular economy
  - Principles of ISO 14001 and ISO Circular economy standard

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - Is familiar with some supply chain processes for circular economy
  - Is aware of some metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Needs some help from others during team work

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - Develops some supply chain processes for circular economy
  - Is able to select some metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Contributes well to team work

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - Develops supply chain processes for circular economy in a holistic way
  - Selects critically relevant metrics for circular economy for monitoring performance
  - Facilitates team members during team work

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed. (not translated)

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course is 100 % online, no contact sessions at Campuses.
  
  Note ! First online session is on Wed Aug. 21
  Read News in Moodle about preparations and a task before the first session.

  Teachers

  Soile Kallinen, Eeva Aarnio

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • DBE3PCDBI
  • IBE4PASCM
  • 3AMK
  • EXCH
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  This course follows Haaga-Helia's general attendance policy:
  
  " When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed."
  
  During this course, compulsory attendance means (total 10 online sessions) :
  
  If you are absent from the online contact sessions:
  
  A. more than 50% (if you participate only 4 times)
  
  -> your course performance will be rejected
  
  
  
  B. more than 25% (if you participate only 6 times)
  
  -> your final course grade will decrease by one grade.
  
  
  
  Passing the course therefore requires attendance at least 5 times.
  
  Attendance has no degrading effect on the grade if you attend at least 7 times.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Corporate Finance and Investment ECO016AS3AE-3001 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  You recognize and understand the effects of risk and return for an enterprise. You understand the role of finance function of a company and you can make financial decisions related investment decisions, financial instrument valuation and principles of corporate valuation.. You can show detailed understanding of the value based decisions.. You understand corporate control issues in different corporate funding situations based on alternative funding sources. You can evaluate capital investment proposals of a company by using different decision making tools..

  Contents

  Basic concepts of financial decision making tools in corporate finance and instrument valuation
  Alternative corporate financing sources
  Asset and Debt instrument valuation Equity and debt finance
  Capital investment decisions
  Cost of capital and capital structure issues
  Principles of corporate valuation

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  
  You know the key concepts within the course scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge
  
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  
  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  
  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  
  You apply knowledge in demanding business situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  
  You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Fundamentals or Principles of Corporate Finance (latest edition will be informed)
  
  Example: Global Edition, 4th edition, Pearson 2019 by Jonathan Berk, Peter De Marzo, Jarrad Harford
  Editor based material and accompanying exercises and examples associated to the book
  Assignments and exercises given by the teacher
  Guest lecturers and project/case study work

  Teachers

  Arto Elomaa, Mika Mustikainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • TR4HEECO3
  • CONTACT
  • TR4HEECO2
  • TR4HEECO1
  • IBE5PAACC
  • TR5HEECO2
  • TR5HEECO1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Corporate Meetings and Events SER021AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course the student
  • Will be able to identify the theory and basics of event marketing, and business events as a part of an organization’s business operations and marketing strategies
  • Will be able to plan and arrange different corporate meetings and events
  • Will be able to master basic legislation pertaining to corporate meetings and events
  • Will be able to evaluate risks and opportunities in organizing an an event
  • Will be able to master formal meeting procedures for onsite and online meetings
  • Will be able to identify the importance of Annual General Meetings
  • Will be able to write meeting documents according to the document standards

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  -

  Contents

  • Professional corporate-level meetings and events
  • Legal requirements and safety regulations for meetings and events
  • Formal meeting documents

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at a satisfactory level, and is able to participate as a member of the group occasionally.
  The student masters meeting procedures at a satisfactory level. Most assignments have been completed but the analysis remains rather weak. The student has several absences and has been relatively passive during the lessons and has hardly contributed to the lessons.
  The student has basic knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at a good level, and is able to participate as a member of the group mostly in an active manner.
  The student masters meeting procedures at a good level. Most assignments have been completed according to instructions and returned on time. The student has participated in lessons on a regular basis. Students’ active participation has not been very strong. Questions and comments have remained occasional.
  The student has good knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can master knowledge and skills in practice at an excellent level, and is able to participate as a member of the group at an excellent level.
  The student masters meeting procedures at an excellent level. All the assignments have been completed according to instructions and returned on time. The assignments are clearly completed. The student has participated in almost all the lessons. The student has been very active and constructive. The student has strongly contributed to the lessons by asking questions and making comments.
  The student is able to master practical knowledge of the planning process of a corporate business event.

  Further information

  All parts of the course modules have to be passed during the term.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Eeva Särkilahti

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Crisis Communication COM006AS3AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Students who have completed this course or have acquired equivalent competence will be able to:
  - understand the specific nature of crisis communication from the perspective of organisations, communications professionals, public and media (traditional and social media)
  - identify key stakeholders and identify and categorize them
  - understand the importance and impact of crisis communication to the reputation and brand
  - analyse and implement different crisis response strategies
  - apply crisis communication approaches in the different phases of a crisis:pre-crisis, crisis and post-crisis
  - be able to develop a crisis communication plan

  Contents

  - Specific nature of Crisis Communication; objectives and challenges
  - Stakeholder management
  - Recognizing and identifying crises
  - Classification and prioritisation of crises
  - Planning crisis communication
  - Managing reputation and expectations
  - Theories and concepts of crisis communication
  - Crisis simulation exercises (excluded from virtual implementations) and workshops

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Students can describe concepts and methods related to crisis communication. He/she is able to identify internal and external issues that might lead potential crises. He / she is able to recognize the different stakeholders and their needs in a crisis and can plan crisis communication.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  In addition to the competences required for grade 1, students can monitor and anticipate the operating environment from a crisis communication perspective and understand the importance of crisis communication to stakeholder management, employees, the brand and reputation. He/she can create a crisis communication plan.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to the competences required for grade 3, students are able to apply different crisis response strategies and strategically justify chosen approaches. They are are able recognize and prioritize issues and plan communication accordingly. Ability to apply theoretical insights to the crisis communication plan is at a very good level and students demonstrate excellent commitment to the course schedule.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  In the beginning of the course, there is an easy motivational Exam that needs to be passed before continuing the course.
  
  The course consists of 6 modules:
  1. Introduction
  2. Stakeholder management
  3. Issue prioritization
  4. Expectation management
  5. Crisis Response Strategies
  6. Crisis Communication planning
  
  For each module there is an introductory lecture in Pasila, followed by individual or group assignments or exam where student applies modular theme to their chosen organization / brand.
  
  The course includes a compulsory assessment of one's own learning.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Coombs, W. T. 2007. Protecting Organization Reputations During a Crisis: The Development and Application of Situational Crisis Communication Theory. Corporate reputation review, 10(3), pp. 163-176
  
  Mitchell, R. K., Agle, B. R. & Wood, D. J. 1997. Toward a Theory of Stakeholder Identification and Salience: Defining the Principle of Who and What Really Counts. The Academy of Management review, 22(4), pp. 853-886
  
  Ferguson, D. P., Wallace, J. D. & Chandler, R. C. 2018. Hierarchical consistency of strategies in image repair theory: PR practitioners' perceptions of effective and preferred crisis communication strategies. Journal of public relations research, 30(5-6), pp. 251-272
  
  In addition, learning materials are published in Moodle and students must independently search for information about their chosen organizations / industries and crisis cases.

  Teachers

  Mirka Sunimento

  Working life connections

  Current cases and/or cases are discussed and analyzed and in assignments, students are encouraged to analyse cases relevant to own work / industry. Guest lectures.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No re-exam is available for the course.
  
  The course grade is determined on the basis of the introductory (Module 1) Exam, and on the basis of the assignments returned by the final DL, according to the evaluation criteria. After this, possible supplementing or raising the grade takes place in accordance with the degree regulations.
  
  Note! Repeated delays can also affect the course grade, because a grade of 5 requires that "The student stays on schedule."

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Learning material is international

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assignment 1 Exam 0 - 15 points
  Assignment 2 Stakeholder Analysis 0 -10 points
  Assignment 3 Issue Prioritization 0 -10 points
  Assignment 4 Expectational Gaps 0 -15 points
  Assignment 5 Exam Crisis Response Strategies 0 - 20 points
  Assignment 6 A Crisis Communications Plan 0 - 20 points + Assignment 6 B Crisis Simulation 0 / 10 points
  
  Assignments 1, 5 and 6 A are individual assignments and other assignments are group assignments done during scheduled classes on Friday
  
  Total 100 points

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  See Lukkarikone. The 6 modules are:
  
  1. Introduction
  2. Stakeholder management
  3. Issue prioritization
  4. Expectation management
  5. Crisis Response Strategies
  6. Crisis Communication planning

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL
  
  If you have gained skills matching your degree goals for example through work experience, volunteer work, hobbies or other studies than higher education, you can show your skills and competences through demonstrations. Contact Anna Kimberley to get instructions.
  
  WORK-BASED LEARNING
  
  You can complete elective studies through work-based learning, if your work tasks support your degree’s learning goals. Work-based learning at Haaga-Helia is called Work&Study. It means that skills required by the degree are gained by working and by connecting practical work with a theme-related knowledge base. In addition to paid work also volunteering or hobby activity can be used.
  
  If you want to discuss whether work-based learning is for you, contact Anna Kiblerley who will instruct you on how to proceed.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3040 06.01.2025-30.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Materials given out during the course
  - Armstrong, G., Kotler, P. & & Opresnik M.O.. Marketing: an introduction. 2020 (tai mahdollisimman tuore). Pearson.
  - Manning, Reese & Aherne. 2014 or later. Selling today. Pearson Education.

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  06.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3024 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3025 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Leena Törmälä

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3026 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Virtanen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3027 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Päivi Käri-Zein

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Experience and Sales SAL001HH1AE-3028 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  • is able to define sales processes and basic concepts
  • identifies customer needs and development targets
  • identifies and describes the stages of a sales process and can sell their own ideas
  • operates in a service-oriented manner and provides solutions to customer needs and understands the influence of culture in the sales process
  • is able to evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience, including ethics, sustainability and global megatrends.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  This class is part of the Haaga-Helia key competences.

  Contents

  This class is structured around the following themes:
  - The sales function, sales roles and responsibilities, B2C vs. B2B
  - Sales process and typical sales cycle
  - FAB-analysis
  - Customer Experience and purchase process
  - Key elements of a successful sales interaction

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student:
  • can define sales-related concepts and processes and name sales-related goals. Identifies internal and external customers.
  • can describe the stages of a sales encounter and the factors that affect the customer experience.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student:
  • can formulate goals related to sales and customer encounters.
  • can collect information related to the customer experience from various data sources and channels. Understands the importance of long-term and profitable customer relationships in business.
  • can act in a service-oriented and customer-oriented manner in a sales situation.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspective of sustainable development and culture.
  • can present their own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student:
  • can evaluate sales and customer interaction goals.
  • can analyse customer needs to develop customer experience.
  • can act purposefully in a sales situation and produce various solutions to customers’ needs.
  • can also evaluate the factors influencing the customer experience from the perspectives of ethics, sustainable development and global megatrends.
  • can present his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Anu Nieminen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3055 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  All learning materials are located in the Moodle platform. They include presentations, tasks, assignments, case studies, articles, videos and quizzes.
  
  The consumer behavior section of the course is based on the following:
  Solomon, M. 2020. 13th ed. Consumer Behavior: Buying, Having, and Being. Pearson. E-book.
  URL: https://www.vlebooks.com/Product/Index/1709998?page=0
  
  The marketing mix/7Ps section of the course is based on the following:
  Kotler, P. & Keller, K. 2016. 15th ed. Marketing Management. Pearson. E-book.
  URL: https://www.vlebooks.com/Product/Index/627277?page=0

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Kevin Gore

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3039 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  12 lectures on customer insight and marketing
  Course tasks during lectures and self study
  2 group assignments with PPT presentations and 3 individual automatized Exams
  Test your knowledge quizzes on lectured topics

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Planforms Moodle and Teams (marketing project)

  Teachers

  Timo Rima

  Working life connections

  Desk top study project for improving for improving the Customer insights and marketing for a real-life company

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  1 retake for each of the 3 exams during the course

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Project work for a company to benchmark and improve the marketing for international markets

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Assigment 1 Customer persona and the buyer's journey
  Assignment 2 7P's of marketing

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  25.3.2024-17.5.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL as instructed in Peppi
  / agree with the teacher

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Preassigment week -1-0
  Attendance 10% weeks 1-8
  Assignment 1 25% weeks 1-4
  Exam 1 10% week 3
  Exam 2 10% week 5
  Assignment 2 20% weeks 5-8
  Exam 3 25% week 8
  These assignments assessed in Moodle for max 100poins
  One grade in Peppi as follows
  more that 90 equals 5
  more that 80 equals 4
  more that 70 equals 3
  more that 60 equals 2
  more that 50 equals 1

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3040 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA2, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3041 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3042 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Antti Leppilampi

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Customer Insight and Marketing MAR001HH1AE-3043 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student
  - Can define basic concepts and processes of marketing
  - Can describe customer-centric orientation, brand and service promises
  - Knows how to utilise different sources and channels to find information that supports global customer understanding
  - Can describe customer needs and customer journeys
  - Can recognise the importance of cultural background in developing customer insights
  - Knows how to recognise competitive means of marketing and can apply them in an ethical, responsible and sustainable manner

  Contents

  - Comprehensive understanding of consumer behavior and customer-related data to draw customer insights
  - Comprehensive and in-depth coverage of the Marketing Mix/4Ps (Product, Price, Place, Promotion), and extended to the 7Ps (People, Physical Evidence & Processes) to develop a holistic marketing strategy

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knows the basic concepts, processes and the main goals of marketing. Understands the importance of customer focus in operations. Can describe the competitive means and customer needs in marketing. Can name global sources and channels from which customer related information is available.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Can formulate marketing goals and understand the importance of branding and the service promise. Can compare competitive means of marketing and understands their connection to marketing and sales goals. Understands the principles of sustainable development, and the influence of culture on marketing and sales. Can collect information that supports customer insights from various sources. Can develop solutions to customer needs and communicate his or her own ideas.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Can justify the advantages and challenges of different means of competition and apply them to achieve marketing and sales goals. Is able to analyse the implementation of the principles of sustainable development in marketing. Understands the influence of culture in marketing and sales. The student is able to analyse customer needs and use marketing measures to develop added value for the customer and to communicate his/her own solutions professionally.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Veera Nguyen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data Analytics with Python ANA001AS2AE-3001 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student will:
  • Identify data sources and assess their suitability for business needs.
  • Understand the stages of data preparation, modeling, and forecasting.
  • Understand the fundamental concepts of machine learning and artificial intelligence.
  • Master methods of descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Be able to utilize various visualization and reporting techniques.
  • Understand the concept of information design.

  Contents

  Content
  • Data analytics based on process thinking
  • Methods for descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Analysis and forecasting of time series data.
  • Models for predictive analytics and machine learning.
  • Applied examples using Python.
  • Tools for visualization and reporting.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it, instructed by the teacher, to a business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions, guided by the teacher.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish those using related digital tools. The students is able to apply one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem, instructed by the teacher. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it independently to a simple business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions independently.
  
  The students is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it to a slightly complicated business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve demanding business questions.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently several forecasting algorithms to different business problems. The student is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Using Python in data analytics is learned under the guidance of a teacher.
  
  Previous coding experience is not required.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course material will be available in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Toni Ernvall

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  There are three exercises. Their topics cover descriptive analytics, diagnostic analytics, time series and machine learning.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • ITE4PAICB1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Final grade is the average of assignment grades rounded to integer. All assignments must be passed.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (IT)

•     Data Analytics with Python ANA001AS2AE-3002 14.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student will:
  • Identify data sources and assess their suitability for business needs.
  • Understand the stages of data preparation, modeling, and forecasting.
  • Understand the fundamental concepts of machine learning and artificial intelligence.
  • Master methods of descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Be able to utilize various visualization and reporting techniques.
  • Understand the concept of information design.

  Contents

  Content
  • Data analytics based on process thinking
  • Methods for descriptive and explanatory analytics.
  • Analysis and forecasting of time series data.
  • Models for predictive analytics and machine learning.
  • Applied examples using Python.
  • Tools for visualization and reporting.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it, instructed by the teacher, to a business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions, guided by the teacher.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish those using related digital tools. The students is able to apply one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem, instructed by the teacher. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it independently to a simple business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve simple business questions independently.
  
  The students is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently one or some forecasting algorithms to a business problem. The students is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands the data analytics process and can apply it to a slightly complicated business problem. The student understands the following concepts: descriptive, predictive and prescriptive analytics as well as the characteristics of advanced data and is able to solve demanding business questions.
  
  The student is able to derive and visualize dashboards, scorecards and publish them using related digital tools. The student is able to apply independently several forecasting algorithms to different business problems. The student is able to assess the reliability and relevance of business reports.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  In the classroom or online classes, one will learn the basics of data analytics using Python coding under the guidance of a teacher. Students can also study independently with the help of ready-made examples.
  
  No previous coding experience is required.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  https://1u.fi/hhjuhanurmonen (available via vdi)

  Teachers

  Veijo Vänttinen, Juha Nurmonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  14.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The implementation includes individual tasks where the skills learned are applied. The topics of the tasks include
  
  Descriptive analytics
  Diagnostic analytics
  Time series description and analysis
  Time series forecasting
  Predictive analytics and machine learning models

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Period 2, Autumn 2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • DBE5PCDBI
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  The implementation allows one to participate in common teaching according to your own skills. The course material supports indivudual learning.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Individual assignments are assessed and each contributes its own weight to the final grade. Each individual assignment must be passed according to the criteria given in the implementation during the same course implementation.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data-Driven Marketing MAR002AS2AE-3008 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - can explain the central concepts, practices and systems in data-driven marketing.
  - can describe how visitor data drawn from digital channels (home pages, search engines and social media channels) can be analyzed and used for customer insights and decision making in marketing.
  - can plan personalized marketing based on collected data as well as set objectives and metrics.
  - will complete a certification in data-driven marketing.
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the handling of data.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - The importance and use of data in the development of marketing, including marketing research
  - How the use of data drives marketing nowadays
  - Artificial Intelligence, automation and robotics as part of marketing
  - The fundamentals of data-driven marketing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can define the basic concepts and tools used in data-driven marketing. With assistance, the student can find the necessary information and analyze data as the starting point in marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can define the tools used in data-driven marketing as well as interpret the collected data. The student can find the necessary information and both analyze and make use of data as the starting point in marketing. The student understands the importance of measuring data and tracking for both customer insights and marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can define data-driven marketing and its special features with mastery. The student is able to competently find essential information, and s/he can independently analyze and make use of data in marketing. S/he can select the appropriate metrics and make suggestions for improvement. The student can professionally communicate solutions.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a virtual implementation. Students go through the course material and complete the assignments at their own pace and no lectures are offered with mandatory attendance.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Chaffey, Dave & Ellis-Chadwick, Fiona, 2022. Digital Marketing 8th Edition.
  Available as e-book in Haaga-Helia library.
  
  Driscoll Miller, J, Lim, J. & Meerman Scott, D. 2020. Data-First Marketing : How to Compete and Win in the Age of Analytics. John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated.
  Available as e-book in Haaga-Helia library.
  
  Haimowitz, I.J., Verhoef, P.C., Kooge, E., Walk, N. & Wiering, N. 2022. Data analytics for business : lessons for sales, marketing, and strategy. Routledge. Second edition.
  
  Järvinen, J. & Karjaluoto, H. (2015). The use of web analytics for digital marketing performance measurement. Industrial Marketing Management, Vol. 50, pp. 117-127.

  Teachers

  Maria Vickholm

  Working life connections

  Material and assignments from and for real case organizations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam, only assignments.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  All material, examples and assignments are created for international students and from a global perspective.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Aiming for grades 1-2 (individual work)
  
  - Review of the material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be taken at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max. 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  
  Aiming for grade 3 (to be done individually)
  
  - Review of the material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be taken at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max. 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Google Fundamentals of Digital Marketing certification (max. 10 points)
  
  Aiming for grades 4-5 (to be done individually and in groups)
  
  Individual work:
  - Review of online material and related multiple-choice review (max. 50 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Self-reflection exercise (max 10 points, to be completed at the end of the course)
  - Google Fundamentals of Digital Marketing certification (max. 10 points)
  
  Group work:
  
  - Data-driven marketing analysis of a case study (max. 30 points)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Will be defined later

  Groups

  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Work & Study or RPL
  
  If you feel that you have already attained the competence level required for this course, such as through previous work experience, you can get the credits through Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL). For more information on either Work & Study or RPL, contact the responsible teacher.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Grading scale
  
  85 - 100 points = 5
  71 - 84 points = 4
  61 - 70 points = 3
  51 - 60 points = 2
  40 - 50 points = 1

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Data-Driven Marketing MAR002AS2AE-3007 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB5PAMAR, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course, the student:
  - can explain the central concepts, practices and systems in data-driven marketing.
  - can describe how visitor data drawn from digital channels (home pages, search engines and social media channels) can be analyzed and used for customer insights and decision making in marketing.
  - can plan personalized marketing based on collected data as well as set objectives and metrics.
  - will complete a certification in data-driven marketing.
  - is able to take into account ethics, sustainability and responsibility in the handling of data.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Starting level: Customer Insights and Marketing as well as Customer Experience and Sales should be completed beforehand. This course is part of the Marketing and Communication specialization learning path for the Bachelor's Degree in Business.

  Contents

  - The importance and use of data in the development of marketing, including marketing research
  - How the use of data drives marketing nowadays
  - Artificial Intelligence, automation and robotics as part of marketing
  - The fundamentals of data-driven marketing

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student can define the basic concepts and tools used in data-driven marketing. With assistance, the student can find the necessary information and analyze data as the starting point in marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student can define the tools used in data-driven marketing as well as interpret the collected data. The student can find the necessary information and both analyze and make use of data as the starting point in marketing. The student understands the importance of measuring data and tracking for both customer insights and marketing.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student can define data-driven marketing and its special features with mastery. The student is able to competently find essential information, and s/he can independently analyze and make use of data in marketing. S/he can select the appropriate metrics and make suggestions for improvement. The student can professionally communicate solutions.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  - Lecture materials
  - Subject-related literature
  - Other relevant material

  Teachers

  Mia Roos

  Campus

  Porvoo Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • DBE3PCDBI
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Defence Force Leadership Training HRL014AS3AE-3002 01.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  Recognize and assess one's own management and leadership skills.
  Name development areas in one's own management and leadership skills.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The prerequisite is to have completed the Finnish Defense Forces non-commissioned officer (AUK) or reserve officer (RUK) training.
  
  This is a demonstration implementation. DEMO implementations do not contain any tuition or classes. Other type of implementations are not possible. The demonstration is performed in Moodle.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Management and leadership books and professional management and leadership articles.

  Teachers

  Piia Heikkilä

  Working life connections

  Finnish defense forces leadership training

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. Demonstration (essay and certificate of leadership training) will be returned to Moodle.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Learning assignments

  Demonstration is completed by writing a reflective essay and returning a certificate of completed leadership training.

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Content scheduling

  You can return the demonstration assignments at a time that suits you best. Demonstrations are evaluated monthly.

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The prerequisite is to have completed the Finnish Defense Forces non-commissioned officer (AUK) or reserve officer (RUK) training.

  Seats

  0 - 200

  Further information

  The demonstartion is evaluated on a scale of accepted - rejected.

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, COACH Sports Coaching and Management, ITBBA Business Information Technology, STEM Sustainable Tourism and Event Management, AVIBBA Aviation Business, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Developing Professional Competencies 1 SER029AS2AE-3004 02.09.2024-28.02.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course the student develops their professional competences in accordance with the objectives of their personal study plan. The specific learning objectives are agreed on an individual basis for each course implementation by the student or student group and the teacher of the course.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites are determined for each course implementation.

  Contents

  The contents are planned to fit the implementation and student needs. For example:
  
  - A commissioned project
  - Planning and/or attending an event
  - Participating in a competition
  - Demonstrating and strengthening competences in accordance with a specific standard or certificate

  Further information

  Learning environments are determined for each course implementation,

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Project based course. The project is about planning and organizing Duuniin.net 2025.
  Duuniin.net is Haaga-Helia's the biggest recruiting event, and will be held at Pasila campus, with over 40 companies and 800+ students participating every year.
  
  The event organization will take place in small teams based on the student´s background, study program and interest. The course requires the students to work individually with their teams. Regular team meetings with teachers will happen in every second week, where questions can be discussed.
  
  Depending on the team the student chooses students participate in different activities like:
  - planning, organizing, producing and wrapping up the event
  - budgeting
  - contacting companies
  - marketing for students and companies
  - event management
  - professional communication with stakeholders within and outside of Haaga-Helia

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Agreed on an individual or a group basis.
  Materials agreed with students.

  Teachers

  Timo Lampikoski, Eszter Pienluoto, Jukka Väyrynen

  Working life connections

  Communicating with and marketing to companies, depending on student's team.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is implemented with Finnish and international students collaborating in teams.
  The language of the course is Finnish and English, depending on the member of the teams.

  Timing

  02.09.2024 - 28.02.2025

  Learning assignments

  Event management diary: summary of what the student did during the course and what did they learn.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 27.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Course starts in September 2024, and ends in February 2025.
  
  The kick-off meeting is held on 5th September 2024 15.00-17.00. Participation on the kick-off meeting is mandatory, as the schedule and small teams for the rest of the course will be decided then.
  
  The course is about producing Duuniin.net recruitment event, which takes place at Pasila campus on 29th January 2025. Active presence on this event as well as the preparation on the day before (28th January 2025) is mandatory.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  1 - 20

  Further information

  Course starts in September 2024, and ends in February 2025.
  
  The kick-off meeting is held on 5th September 2024 15.00-17.00. Participation on the kick-off meeting is mandatory, as the schedule and teams for the rest of the course will be decided then.
  
  The course is about organizing Duuniin.net recruitment event, which takes place in Pasila campus on 29th January 2025. Presence on this event as well as the preparation on the day before (28th January 2025) is mandatory.

  Degree Programme

  EXPER Hospitality and Tourism Experience Management, DIGIBBA Digital Business Innovations, ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Digital Platforms and Channels to Global Markets ENT015AS2AE-3002 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  Upon completion of the course, the student is able to
  - analyse different digital channels and platforms from the point of an SME
  - understand the principals of digital platform business and evaluate the opportunities of platforms for an SME
  - do market research on digital channels in a given market area
  - develop a plan for the digital channels of an internationalizing SME with value-adding solutions
  - work with a commissioning company, respond to their feedback and take command over project communication, reporting and project management

  Contents

  Analysis of the target market digital channels
  Online learning courses relevant to the digital marketing and channels (HubSpot, Google Analytics,)
  Project of the commissioning company
  Learning assignments

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  - The student understands some e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets. The student participates in analyzing, evaluating, innovating and presenting new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student show limited responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student follows the given project schedule

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  - The student understands the e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets.
  - The student analyses, evaluates, innovates and presents new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student assumes professional responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student uses some professional project management tools and can manage the project keeping it on schedule and on target.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  - The student shows deep understanding of the e-commerce and digital marketing options in international markets.
  - The student has an advanced ability to analyse, evaluate, innovate and present new value-adding solutions for a client SME.
  - The student takes full professional responsibility for the client project including communication with the client, alterations to the project based on client demands, incorporating client needs in the project and reporting to the client.
  - The student uses relevant professional project management tools and can manage the project keeping it on schedule and on target.

  ---

  Teachers

  Irma Mäkäräinen-Suni

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • EXCH
  • TR5HEENT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Employee Experience HRL011AS3AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, you
  Know what constructs a positive employee experience.
  Know the objectives, elements, tools and processes of performance management, competence development and rewarding and can analyse their functionality and suggest improvements.
  You understand how employees can be motivated and engaged through total reward management.
  You can use different methods to measure and analyse employee experience.

  Contents

  - Employee experience
  - Employee engagement
  - Assessing and measuring key people processes in employee experience: competence development, performance management, rewarding and wellbeing.

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge.
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  You execute skills with natural proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This course will be held as an onsite implementation. Weekly meetings include lectures, visitor presentations and course assignments.
  We meet on Tuesday evenings starting at 17:40 and ending at 20:30 at the Pasila Campus.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Learning material and recommended literature are to be published later.

  Teachers

  Margit Suurnäkki

  Working life connections

  Case studies and visitor presentations.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no examination during this implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Learning materials and recommended reading are in English and include international case examples.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Passing the course will require completing course assignments (individual and group assignments).

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  There will be 8 sessions. We meet every Tuesday evening (from 17:40 to 20:30) at the Pasila Campus.
  
  Schedule:
  August 20
  August 27
  September 3
  September 10
  September 17
  September 24
  October 1
  October 8

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employer Branding and Talent Acquisition HRL010AS3AE-3002 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  Gains the knowledge and skills necessary to build and analyze an attractive employer brand and to acquire the best candidates to an organization.
  Identify the core elements of employer branding; content, tools and channels matching the organizations mission, vision and strategy.
  Can efficiently plan and implement recruitment and selection processes to acquire new employees.
  Knows the objectives, tools and methods of employee assessment.

  Contents

  Employer Branding
  Talent Acquisition
  Recruitment
  Selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  You know the key concepts within the course’s scope, but are yet to develop the general view and the big picture of the subject matter.
  You can complete given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply knowledge.
  You demonstrate some ability to perform skills and have basic knowledge, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  You know the key concepts well and can explain how the theories and models function and the tools are used. You have a general view of the subject matter.
  You complete given tasks and assignments independently. You apply knowledge in hands-on business related situations. You can critique your own practice and identify ways to improve.
  You demonstrate sufficient ability to perform skills and have basic to good knowledge. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  You have a strong command of the key and related concepts. You can critically evaluate theories, models and tools. You can demonstrate explicit knowledge of the subject matter, and how it relates to other disciplines.
  You apply knowledge in demanding business related situations. You can prioritize and critically select tools and methods for solving complex problems in the subject matter.
  You execute skills with proficiency and you have detailed and explicit knowledge. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule.
  If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  During this implementation we will meet six (6) times in Pasila Campus and the content is strongly business oriented. We aim to have have different guest speakers visiting our class and we will learn topical perspectives how employer branding and talent acquisition work in different kind of organizations.
  During the course you will create your own reflective diary which shows your capability to analyze different topics, give reasoning for your opinions and think thoroughly how you can use your learning points in the future.
  
  The physical presence in the classes is necessary and this course cannot be done online or virtually.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  To be published later.

  Teachers

  Tiina Mehto

  Working life connections

  Visiting speakers.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  There is no examination during this implementation.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Individual and group working. The assignments will be introduced in the learning platform Moodle when the course starts.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  4th period March-May 2025.
  
  The mandatory physical lectures are on Thursdays at 17.40-20.30 in the Pasila campus on the following days: March 27, April 3, April 10, April 24, May 8 and May 15, 2025.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Grading 1-5.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employment in Finland STU011HH1AE-3013 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  1 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  • understand the Finnish job market and work culture
  • is able search for a job or work placement based on the specific requirements of Finnish job market
  • shows development of his/her job seeking and networking skills
  • has good application template like CV and cover letter

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  NOTE: this course is not master -level course and course can not be attached to Master’s degree. However master students are welcomed.

  Contents

  • CV and job advertisements
  • Cover letter and job interview
  • Networking on social media and LinkedIn
  • Recognize your skills and motivation
  • Your rights as an employee in Finland
  • Finnish work culture
  • Maintaining you well-being during job search

  ---

  Teachers

  Eszter Pienluoto

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • IBE2PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • IBE1PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2
  • ITE2PAICI1
  • IBE3PA1
  • ITE2PASOF1
  • ITE2PADIG1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Join Employment In Finland -course and get to know the Finnish labour market and how to navigate it! During this course you will learn about the job seeking process with specific requirements and tips to Finland, about Finnish workplace culture, and you will get support in creating your CV, cover letter and LinkedIn. This course is suitable for you at any point of your studies (the sooner the better!), if you are looking for your first work placements, or if you have years of work experience already, but you would like to know how to move forward in your career.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Employment in Finland STU011HH1AE-3014 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  1 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this or a corresponding course the student
  • understand the Finnish job market and work culture
  • is able search for a job or work placement based on the specific requirements of Finnish job market
  • shows development of his/her job seeking and networking skills
  • has good application template like CV and cover letter

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  NOTE: this course is not master -level course and course can not be attached to Master’s degree. However master students are welcomed.

  Contents

  • CV and job advertisements
  • Cover letter and job interview
  • Networking on social media and LinkedIn
  • Recognize your skills and motivation
  • Your rights as an employee in Finland
  • Finnish work culture
  • Maintaining you well-being during job search

  ---

  Teachers

  Eszter Pienluoto

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • ITE2PAICB1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • ITE2PAICI1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE3PA1
  • ITE2PASOF1
  • IBE2PA2
  • ITE2PADIG1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 1 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     English for Academic Purposes ENG003AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student
  • understands the different functions of sentence and paragraph types to express information
  • acquires an increased vocabulary suited for Academic English
  • learns the standard and academically accepted structure of an essay/report/thesis to better express one’s intentions more clearly in writing
  • knows how to use linking words and phrases, punctuation
  • understands and masters paraphrasing, writing summaries and abstracts
  • acquires skills in structuring a text according to academic standards
  • becomes more aware of one’s own writing by editing his/her own work

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before taking this course, the student must have completed the Professional English Key Competence course or corresponding RPL process.
  Level of language skills required CEFR B2

  Contents

  Students learn, from the elements of the sentence and the paragraph, an approach that is expandable to encompass the demands of writing a text in academically appropriate English, as follows:
  • Paragraph Format
  • Paragraph Structure
  • Logical Division of Ideas
  • Process Paragraphs
  • Comparison and Contrast Paragraphs
  • Definition Paragraphs
  • Essay Organization

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to apply the most central key concepts of Academic English in an understandable manner.
  The student is able to manage in advanced professional spoken and written situations with assistance and time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate quite fluently and use appropriate language and terminology in the global context despite some obvious difficulties.
  The student is still learning how to convey and understand shades of meaning.
  The student is familiar with academic language usage but needs practice in intercultural context.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is able to apply central key concepts of Academic English fluently and is easily understood. / in an easily understandable manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in advanced academic spoken and written situations with a short time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate fluently and use a range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context using Academic English without obvious difficulties.
  The student recognizes and is able to use some shades of meaning appropriately when needed.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context fluently.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is able to apply key concepts of Academic English fluently in a versatile manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in spoken and written situations using Academic English with or without preparation.
  The student is able to communicate very fluently and use a wide range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context without difficulties.
  The student is able to convey shades of meaning effortlessly.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context effectively in a convincing manner.

  Further information

  Contact lecturer Pia Kiviaho-Kallio

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Online lessons on Zoom every week to be attended
  Individual and team exercises and assignments. Please see Moodle for the details.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course material to be provided by the Lecturer, please see Moodle for the course materials.

  Teachers

  Kristiina Åberg

  Working life connections

  The students acquire skills and knowledge of the requirements for and academic style to enable them to seek to become part of the academic community.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course assignment and/or written exam at the end of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Academic English skills will be useful for the students wen continuing their academic studies and help to enter the international academic community.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Written assignments and a spoken exercise to be returned by the due dates. Please see Moodle for the course details.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  One online meeting per week, homework and independent study during one period in the Spring or Autumn semester. Please see Moodle for the course details.

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBE4PASCM
  • CAMPUSONLINE
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • BLENDED
  • IBE4PACOM
  • ONLINE
  • EXCH
  • TRPAENG

  Alternative learning methods

  Credit transfer from a corresponding course will be appropriate for RPL.

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Further information

  Written and spoken assignments to be graded 1-5.

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     English for Academic Purposes ENG003AS2AE-3005 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the course, the student
  • understands the different functions of sentence and paragraph types to express information
  • acquires an increased vocabulary suited for Academic English
  • learns the standard and academically accepted structure of an essay/report/thesis to better express one’s intentions more clearly in writing
  • knows how to use linking words and phrases, punctuation
  • understands and masters paraphrasing, writing summaries and abstracts
  • acquires skills in structuring a text according to academic standards
  • becomes more aware of one’s own writing by editing his/her own work

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Before taking this course, the student must have completed the Professional English Key Competence course or corresponding RPL process.
  Level of language skills required CEFR B2

  Contents

  Students learn, from the elements of the sentence and the paragraph, an approach that is expandable to encompass the demands of writing a text in academically appropriate English, as follows:
  • Paragraph Format
  • Paragraph Structure
  • Logical Division of Ideas
  • Process Paragraphs
  • Comparison and Contrast Paragraphs
  • Definition Paragraphs
  • Essay Organization

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to apply the most central key concepts of Academic English in an understandable manner.
  The student is able to manage in advanced professional spoken and written situations with assistance and time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate quite fluently and use appropriate language and terminology in the global context despite some obvious difficulties.
  The student is still learning how to convey and understand shades of meaning.
  The student is familiar with academic language usage but needs practice in intercultural context.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student is able to apply central key concepts of Academic English fluently and is easily understood. / in an easily understandable manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in advanced academic spoken and written situations with a short time for preparation.
  The student is able to communicate fluently and use a range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context using Academic English without obvious difficulties.
  The student recognizes and is able to use some shades of meaning appropriately when needed.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context fluently.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student is able to apply key concepts of Academic English fluently in a versatile manner.
  The student is able to contribute actively in spoken and written situations using Academic English with or without preparation.
  The student is able to communicate very fluently and use a wide range of appropriate language and terminology in the global context without difficulties.
  The student is able to convey shades of meaning effortlessly.
  The student is able to use academic language skills in intercultural context effectively in a convincing manner.

  Further information

  Contact lecturer Pia Kiviaho-Kallio

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The students study independently the course content and complete the exercises that provide practice, and submit all the Assignments by their due dates (to be found on the Moodle page / timetable).

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The course material is on the Moodle page in the course topics.

  Teachers

  Kristiina Åberg

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The virtual instructed course has various Assignments that will be graded, as well as other course work and exercises.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  The virtual instructed course has various Assignments that will be graded, and their timetables are on the Moodle page / timetable.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  The course takes one period of the semester. The start week and all the Asignments and their timetables are on the Moodle page / timetable.

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBEB5PAMAR
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • GLOB21SMON
  • IBEB5PAHRL
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • IBEB5PAACC
  • EXCH
  • TRPAENG

  Alternative learning methods

  The student has the opportunity to apply for RPL, one week before the start of the course at the latest.

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  The course includes Assignments to be returned and graded. The course grade is based on the averaged of the Assignment grades. The details of the assessment scale are on the Moodle page.

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  As a rule, the course is completed by attending the class, as it is a study course carried out through contact face-to-face teaching in Moodle. The student familiarizes himself with the material in Moodle and does related exercises. Weekly teacher counseling sessions.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The material and web links are published in Moodle. It would be good to have completed the course "basics of financial management", as the topics of that course create the basis for this course.

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen

  Working life connections

  No direct work life connections.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course is completed with assignments in Moodle, one hour of attendance and an exam.
  It is not a self-paced virtual course.
  Completing the course includes mandatory homework assignments that are completed weekly.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  No direct international connections.

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Learning tasks related to each theme are published in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Fall semester first episode.

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  Other methods of completion must be discussed separately with the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  According to the learning tasks completed in Moodle, participation and the total score of the exam.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Lauri Larjavaara

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Enterprise Finance Planning ECO006AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing the business finance orientation module, the student knows the key concepts of strategic and operational planning in corporate finance and is able to make long-term and short-term calculations in finance. The student understands and is able to analyze the company's financing planning calculations and is able to assess the cost and adequacy of financing. The student identifies financial risks and knows how to manage them.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisites :
  Basics of Financial Management - ECO001HH1AE
  Principles of Accounting and Finance - ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  The course content includes:
  - Deepening financial market information
  - Differences and conditions between equity and liabilities
  - Methods of raising capital
  - Basis of investment calculations
  - Working capital management
  - Risk management

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Competence level 1-2: Student
  • knows the basic concepts and methods of corporate financial planning
  • is able to assess the company's financing needs based on the plans
  • knows the key financing solutions of companies and their characteristics
  • is familiar with key financial instruments and their characteristics
  • is familiar with the cost differences of key financing solutions
  • is familiar with the factors affecting working capital

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Competence level 3-4: Student
  • is familiar with the company's financial planning methods for different time periods
  • is able to determine the company's financing needs for the planning of financing for different periods
  • is familiar with market-based equity and debt in addition to traditional funding sources, and with the principles and practices of venture capital and crowdfunding;
  • is familiar with the most common models used to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital
  • is familiar with working capital management methods for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Competence level 5: Student
  • has an in-depth understanding of the importance of financial planning in the operations of companies of different sizes and is able to critically analyze the solutions made by companies.
  • is familiar with the key domestic and international practices of financial markets and financial intermediation
  • is able to prepare financial planning and risk management calculations in various decision situations and in situations requiring funding and foreign exchange trading.
  • is able to determine the cost of equity, debt and total capital on the basis of market data from the perspective of both the company and the owner
  • is able to prepare calculations related to working capital management for inventory management, trade receivables and accounts payable financing

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Jani Jokinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3038 01.01.2025-29.05.2025  5 cr  (INTBBA24SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Can be found in Moodle

  Teachers

  Diego Hernández Campos, Timo Rima

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2025 - 29.05.2025

  Groups

  • INTBBA24SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 30

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3020 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Mia Blanc

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3034 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The instruction will be offered both on Campus and online. The learning methods will include lectures, guest lectures, self-studies, team work and individual work in class, working with literature sources, practice-oriented activities, research and development activities.
  
  This course is a part of all Haaga-Helia's degrees and the student can participate in any implementation. This implementation is specifically aimed at students of INTBBA degree.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  The students will work with a variety of sources, including media sources, peer-reviewed academic articles, and text books. The students will contribute to the choice of the sources, based on the topics they choose for their course assignments.

  Teachers

  Ivan Berazhny

  Working life connections

  The course will include guest lecturers and require students to maintain connections with the worklife through their course work.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  The course offers submission and assessment time-lines which need to be respected. A certain flexibility can be accepted based on students' situations. The course does not have an exam.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The instruction language is English, the course material will align with global diversity of entrepreneurship contexts, The class is an international class, with team work that will enable cross-cultural communication.

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3

  Alternative learning methods

  Should the student be entitled to and requesting an alternative implementation, such requests need to be forwarded to the instructor within one week of the course's starting day.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Can be found in Moodle.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3035 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3036 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneurship and Business Operations ENT001HH1AE-3037 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student can:
  
  o act entrepreneurially,
  o understand the key concepts of entrepreneurship and business,
  o describe the ways of becoming an entrepreneur, the opportunities, forms of entrepreneurship, and types of companies,
  o assess entrepreneurship and networks from an individual's perspective,
  o utilize the knowledge base and the BMC model when describing and evaluating a business, considering responsibility.

  Contents

  o Key concepts of entrepreneurship and business
  o Entrepreneurship in Finland
  o Entrepreneurial competence
  o Opportunities in entrepreneurship
  o Responsibility in business
  o Business model, Business Model Canvas

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 1
  Able to
  o take responsibility for their tasks
  o use key concepts of entrepreneurship, business, and sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 3
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o assess their own opportunities to act as an entrepreneur
  o evaluate business opportunities and the process of becoming an entrepreneur
  o identify and describe their own networks
  o understand the knowledge base of entrepreneurship and business and its connections to sustainability

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment Criteria - Grade 5
  In addition to the previous, able to
  o analyze the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship
  o analyze business opportunities and models

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25 %, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50 %, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  - Online classes
  - Discussion
  - Ideation
  - Presentations

  Learning material and recommended literature

  This course will be based on different literature among others:
  - Alexander Osterwarder & Yve Piegneur : Business Model Generation. ISBN: 978-2-8399-0580
  - Finnish Enterprise Agency Guide Becoming an Entrepreneur in Finland, 2017:

  Teachers

  Ivan Berazhny

  Working life connections

  The course is widely connected to entrepreneurship.
  - Some guest lecturers from different business communities
  - Participants may have connections with different enterprises

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be given later

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  - International literature
  - International participants
  - International business environments
  - International cases

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  Learning assignments will be given later.
  The assignment will be linked to developing own business plan either individually or in a small group

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course will start 05.09.2022 and will end 16.12.2022

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • LIE4VIA
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBEB2PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  Those who have been working on developing own businesses may discuss with the teacher to agree on what may be done to complete the course

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Further information

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  Student
  - participates in tasks
  - can describe entrepreneurship
  - is familiar with basic theories of business
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  In addition to the previous part, students
  - can evaluate their own potential as entrepreneurs
  - can evaluate business opportunities, ways of becoming an entrepreneur and company forms
  - can identify and create own network and
  - are well acquainted with the knowledge base of business and the connections between sustainable development and business.
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  In addition to the previous part
  - evaluate the challenges and opportunities of entrepreneurship and
  - analyze and evaluate business opportunities, strategic choices and business models.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Entrepreneur’s Networks and Arenas ENT008AS2AE-3003 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  The student is able to identify his or her own entrepreneurial support networks both locally and internationally
  The student is able to work in different entrepreneurship arenas
  The student is able to use their networks in entrepreneurship and business planning.
  The student is able to reflect, in cooperation with the group and experts, on the skills challenges of entrepreneurship and ways to overcome them
  The student is able to collaborate in the implementation of an entrepreneurship event.

  Contents

  - The importance of networks in business
  - Important forums for entrepreneurs in practice
  - The challenges of an entrepreneur's stakeholder contacts
  - Entrepreneur's finances, insurance and social security
  - Entrepreneur' personal branding and visibility

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student will recognize how entrepreneurs access additional information, services, and assistance for business planning, operations, and development. The student will be able to find and use contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student will have knowledge of the challenges of entrepreneurship and how entrepreneurs can obtain additional information, services, and assistance to plan, run and develop their businesses. The student will be able to find, evaluate and use a variety of contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student will have knowledge about the challenges of entrepreneurship and how entrepreneurs can get more information, and services and help to plan, operate and develop their businesses. The student is able to search, evaluate and use different contacts, services, and sources of information necessary for entrepreneurship. The student will also be able to establish and maintain contacts with entrepreneurs and experts. The student is competent in networking and cooperation and understands the impact of culture on the rules of the game, and is able to use networks and forums in his/her own activities.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact lectures according to the separate timetable, Blended-course, PBL & Learning-by doing.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Materials in Moodle platform, and added materials instructed in Moodle.

  Teachers

  Petra Lindell, Anne Leinovaara-Matomäki

  Working life connections

  Inbound tight working-life contacts with visiting lecturers and networking events etc.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  No exam. No up-grading or re-take possibility - do your best effort at once.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  In-bound internationality. All is international : the themes, the visitors and also exchange students in the course.

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  All the assignments in the Moodle, on time + active participation is required and expected. Detailed instructions in the Moodle platform.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Acording to the separate time-table, see Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • EVENING
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  No additional methods. If you would like to demonstrate the course (work & study / demonstration, "RPL") contact the guiding teacher of the course.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  0-5, all assignments must be done in time and in correct manner in order to pass the course. Including for example the learning diary and the individual student presentation, and networking events. Active course-participation is a must.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     European Entrepreneurship Project ENT021AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT) +-
  Learning objectives

  Student is able to apply creative and critical problem-solving skills when developing entrepreneurial ideas (new products, services) in a European context.
  Student is able to create, describe and evaluate a value proposition.
  Student is able to communicates and justifiy the value proposition to a variety of stakeholder groups.
  Student is able to develop intercultural understanding, cooperation, negotiation and conflict management skills.
  Student is able to demonstrate his/her ability to manage time under pressure and tolerate uncertainty inherent in intercultural teamwork.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No previous experience in any field is required

  Contents

  Entrepreneurial idea identification and assessment.
  Sustainability in entrepreneurhsip
  Value proposition
  Business model
  Pitching

  ---

  Teachers

  Sari Haavisto, Maija Suonpää

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  22.12.2023 - 22.12.2023

  Content scheduling

  The workshop will take place in Porvoo Campus and the physical part will start on the 9th of September and finish on September 16th.
  
  Pre-assignments and team meetings will be held one week before the workshop starts and evaluation will take place online one week after the workshop ended.
  
  There is a fee to participate in the course of 350 EUR per student. The offer includes tuition, entrance fees, accommodation and subsistence from Dinner on Saturday to breakfast on Friday.
  
  What is not included?
  The price does not include travel expenses to Haaga-Helia University of Applied Sciences, Porvoo Campus and personal expenses during all days.

  Groups

  • CONTACT

  Seats

  1 - 8

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Excel and BI ANA001AS3AE-3001 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE5PASCM, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  During the course, students will learn to manipulate data from various sources into a format that can be analyzed using Excel functions. Additionally, they will be introduced comprehensively to Pivot tools and Excel's data model, and will create visual reports based on the data, also utilizing Power BI.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  ICT Competencies or equivalent knowledge. https://opinto-opas.haaga-helia.fi/course_unit/ICB001HH1AE
  Advanced Use of Excel course recommended. https://opinto-opas.haaga-helia.fi/course_unit/ANA002AS2AE

  Contents

  Quick analysis of the area and table formatting
  Traditional lookup functions and their limitations
  XLOOKUP
  Query - Importing and editing external data
  Excel's data model
  PowerPivot
  Reporting and data visualization
  Overview of Power BI Desktop program

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student shows a basic understanding of Excel's common features and analysis tools. They can import and modify data in Excel under guidance, construct guided data models, and create simple dashboards for data analysis based on them.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student shows proficiency in Excel's basic features and fundamental analysis tools. They are capable of importing and formatting data in Excel, constructing simple data models, and using them to analyze data effectively.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student shows exceptional command of Excel's core features and key analysis tools. They adeptly utilize Excel's functionalities and techniques to a high degree. Additionally, they can proficiently source, import, and format data from diverse origins into Excel, construct advanced data models, and generate versatile dashboards for comprehensive data analysis.

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact sessions with lecture and Excel & PowerBI exercises

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle.
  
  Recommended sites:
  https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/excel
  https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/training/powerplatform/power-bi

  Teachers

  Timi Kohonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Will be informed in the beginning of the course.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE5PASCM
  • IBE5PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PACOM
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH
  • ITE3PAICB1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Assessment criteria - grade 1
  The student shows a basic understanding of Excel's common features and analysis tools. They can import and modify data in Excel under guidance, construct guided data models, and create simple dashboards for data analysis based on them.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 3
  The student shows proficiency in Excel's basic features and fundamental analysis tools. They are capable of importing and formatting data in Excel, constructing simple data models, and using them to analyze data effectively.
  
  Assessment criteria - grade 5
  The student shows exceptional command of Excel's core features and key analysis tools. They adeptly utilize Excel's functionalities and techniques to a high degree. Additionally, they can proficiently source, import, and format data from diverse origins into Excel, construct advanced data models, and generate versatile dashboards for comprehensive data analysis.
  
  Assessment criteria - failed
  The above conditions are not met.

  Degree Programme

  ITBBA Business Information Technology, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3072 05.08.2024-29.11.2024  5 cr  (INTBBA23SMON, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Books: Cavusgil S.T., Knight G., Riesenberger J.R. 3rd Edition or newer. International Business: The New Realities. Hollensen, S. Pearson 2014. Global Marketing. E-publication 2017 also available. Other possible material provided/suggested by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Anna Kimberley, Diego Hernández Campos

  Campus

  Mondragon

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  05.08.2024 - 29.11.2024

  Groups

  • INTBBA23SMON
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  5 - 25

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr
•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3051 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 31.05.2025

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Alternative learning methods

  Demonstration implementation. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Seats

  1 - 250

  Degree Programme

  TRALI Business Administration, INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (FIN)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3065 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3066 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Päivi Käri-Zein

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3068 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ville Hanni

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3069 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Hannu Koikkalainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Expanding to Foreign Markets ENT002TR1AE-3070 19.05.2025-15.08.2025  5 cr  (BLENDED, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completion of this course or the equivalent assessment of prior learning, the student will be able to:
  - Identify the motives and risks of internationalization.
  - Compare and contrast internationalization processes and strategies.
  - Differentiate how multinational companies operate (location, communication, decision making, etc.)
  - Compare and assess the suitability of various market entry modes to identify the optional ways to grow in selected markets
  - Articulate the process to create a partner network
  - Recognize the different strategic options of the company to make a reliable market assessment
  - Explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities SMEs and MNCs face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.
  - Compare the cultural environment of business in developed and emerging markets.

  Contents

  - Terminology and definitions
  - Reasons for companies to internationalize
  - Prerequisites for successful internationalization/globalization
  - Cultural environment of international business
  - Ethics, corporate social responsibility, sustainability and governance in international business operations
  - Understanding emerging markets
  - Market entry strategies (export entry modes, FDI, contractual entry modes, projects)
  - Partners, networks and international value chain
  - Strategy and organization in the international firm
  - Target market screening and selection

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the basic motives and risks of internationalization
  - is able to identify some of the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a rudimentary knowledge of operation modes in foreign markets.
  - knows the basic principles of internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to understand SME firm's value chain activity and relate it to a theory or model.
  - is able to understand the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Assessment criteria
  The student:
  - knows the different motives and risks of internationalization.
  - is able to analyze the opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a good knowledge of various operation modes in global markets.
  - is familiar with internationalizing a firm’s value chain and utilizing value networks.
  - is able to participate as part of a team in analyzing the target market and drawing up a basic internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Assessment criteria
  - is able to identify proactive and reactive motives as well as the main risks associated with internationalization
  - is able to analyze the relevant opportunities and challenges the international business environment poses.
  - has a solid knowledge of various operation modes in foreign markets.
  - has an analytical comprehension of how to internationalize a firm’s value chain and utilize value networks.
  - is able to analyze the target market by choosing relevant information and draw up a well justified internationalization plan for a value chain activity of a firm.
  - is able to explain and criticize the challenges and opportunities companies face in terms of ethics, responsibility and sustainability when selling to markets abroad.

  Further information

  Contact lessons and project work.
  
  Class-based learning and team project, assignments, and independent work.

  ---

  Teachers

  Rakhshanda Khan

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.05.2025 - 15.08.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Groups

  • BLENDED
  • SUMMER
  • ONLINE

  Seats

  15 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3004 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book: Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2023). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 1-7.?
  Accounting Act and Decree?
  Applicable tax laws?available
  
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exam in the end of the course in the electronic exam room.
  Course assignments during the course.
  Procountor assignments by the end of the course.
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  5-7 course assignments (10% of course grade)
  2 Procountor assignments (30% of course grade)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment: contact the course teacher

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Course assignments 10%
  Course exam 60%,
  Procountor assignments 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3005 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book: Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2023). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 1-7.?
  Accounting Act and Decree?
  Applicable tax laws?available
  
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exam in the end of the course in the electronic exam room.
  Course assignments during the course.
  Procountor assignments by the end of the course.
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Learning assignments

  5-7 course assignments (10% of course grade)
  2 Procountor assignments (30% of course grade)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment: contact the course teacher

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Course assignments 10%
  Course exam 60%,
  Procountor assignments 30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Accounting ECO002AS2AE-3003 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to apply generally accepted accounting principles
  - is able to recognize and interpret the effects of business transactions into income statement and balance sheet
  - is able to prepare accounting for a small firm by using accounting software
  - is able to analyze profitability and financial position of a company based on the accounting reports
  - is able to comply with value added tax rules and procedures
  - recognizes the career options and future roles of an accountant in a global environment
  - operates ethically, responsibly and sustainably in ones role

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - daily accounting process
  - month end reporting
  - principles of value added tax processes; VAT liable sales and deductible purchases
  - basics of cross-border VAT
  - most common period end adjustments
  - accounting software
  - roles and principles in accounting profession and career insights

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognize some business transactions
  - is able to record some business transactions by using accounting software
  - recognizes basic value added tax rules and processes of a company

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare accounting based on the business transactions for a company
  - is able to record the basic period end adjustments
  - is able to use accounting software for preparing the accounts for a company
  - is able to apply value added tax (VAT) rules in the daily accounting and know the main filing process of VAT
  - is able to apply basic cross-border VAT rules
  - is able to understand the information flows from daily accounting to accounting reports

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  In addition to prior level assessment criteria, student
  - is able to manage period end adjustment process
  - is able to verify the correctness of accounting information by thorough analysis of the monthly reporting
  - is able to justify the importance of accounting information and understand its role for business development

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact teaching 2 x 3 hours a week
  Active participation recommended

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Course e-book available
  Study materials, exercises, assignments and Procountor instructions available on course Moodle

  Teachers

  Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Course exams in the end of the course, course exams generate additional points to the exam
  Two retake opportunities in the electronic exam room
  
  Procountor graded assignment

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Course has international aspect embedded into course contents

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  5-6 learning assignments which generate additional marks to the exam
  1-3 Procountor assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available
  RPL enrolment via separate Moodle platform: https://hhmoodle.haaga-helia.fi/course/view.php?id=34346

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Course exam 60%, course assignments generate additional marks to the exam
  Procountor assignment 40%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle.
  60% of the course Financial Processes, 40% of the course Service Design.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Tuija Koskimäki

  Working life connections

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Preliminary tasks, changes possible:
  Modeling a financial process.
  ERP (SAP) exercises/case studies.
  Service design teamwork and Moodle exam.
  Process management and development methods Moodle exam.
  Process development.

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3002 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle.
  60% of the course Financial Processes, 40% of the course Service Design.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Tuija Koskimäki

  Working life connections

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Preliminary tasks, changes possible:
  Modeling a financial process.
  ERP (SAP) exercises/case studies.
  Service design teamwork and Moodle exam.
  Process management and development methods Moodle exam.
  Process development.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Content scheduling

  Contact classes as per course schedule - more detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Processes and Service Design ECO004AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to identify financial processes of a company; also in an international business context
  - is able to recognise the importance of financial process mapping and difference between master and transactional data and how they can contribute in sustainable business development initiatives
  - is able to design financial process and related data flows
  - is able to document and recognize development areas of processes, also from automation point of view
  - is able to identify the data connections between different applications
  - is able to recognise service design concepts and tools
  - is able to apply service design approach in creating services and in discovering development areas in business processes

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - Financial processes and documentation of them; flowcharts, data flow diagrams
  - Data input, data storage, data processing
  - Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems
  - Service design

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer, Tuija Koskimäki

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  During the course, we use an enterprise resource planning system (SAP) for case studies, and perform several process analysis from the point of view of developing processes and utilizing also service design methods.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • BLENDED
  • EXCH
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3003 21.10.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3004 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statement Analysis ECO023AS2AE-3005 24.03.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to analyze financial statements with commonly known tools and techniques in this field
  - is able evaluate also non-financial information (ESG) provided by the companies
  - is able to recognize differences in most common accounting standards and analyze their impact on the analysis
  - is able to integrate sustainability reporting information to financial statement analysis in order to build broader view of the company
  - is able to use visualization tools and storytelling techniques in presenting financial information to stakeholders
  - is able to utilize applicable quantitative and qualitative research methods to analyze the dependencies of the variables presented in the financial statements and to make forecasts

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Following BBA key and common competence courses should be completed or similar knowledge and skills gained prior to this course:
  ECO001HH1AE
  ECO002TR1AE

  Contents

  - financial statement analysis including the notes to financial statements
  - key ratio analysis
  - non-financial data, sustainability reports
  - presenting financial information
  - visualization and storytelling
  - quantitative and qualitative research methods

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to recognise some financial statement analysis methods and knows how to apply them
  - is able to identify standards and principles applied in financial statements
  - is able to present some financial information

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to utilize non-financial information in the analysis
  - is able to recognize the value of notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools with ease
  - is able to apply some quantitative or qualitative methods in the analysis

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to analyze financial statements with key ratios as well as link them to the strategic goals of a company
  - is able to evaluate financial statement analysis in risk assessment of a company
  - is able to implement non-financial information into the analysis like e.g. sustainability report information
  - is able to utilize information from notes to the financial statements in the analysis
  - is able to present financial information and utilize visualization tools and storytelling convincingly
  - is able to apply quantitative and qualitative methods to deepen the analysis

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Joonas Jokinen, Mikko Kumpulainen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  24.03.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 21.03.2025

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3001 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2024). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 3, 4, 6, 7, 9.
  
  Accounting Act and Decree
  Applicable tax laws
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  According to the schedule

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exercises and Moodle exam

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3003 13.01.2025-14.03.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2018). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (11th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 4, 11. (tbc)
  
  Accounting Act and Decree
  Applicable tax laws
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Nina Wildeboer

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 14.03.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • IBE5PAACC
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Financial Statements and Corporate Tax ECO005AS2AE-3002 19.08.2024-11.10.2024  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After having completed this course or attained an equivalent competence level, the student:
  - is able to prepare statutory financial statements for a small company according to accounting standards
  - is able to identify key international accounting standards
  - is able to apply accrual principle in the valuation of assets and liabilities of a company
  - is able to identify the minimum requirements of sustainability reporting in the financial statements
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to distinguish tax implications in different company forms and analyse total tax rate from owners’ perspective

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Course ECO002AS2AE Financial accounting or similar competence level gained

  Contents

  - accounting principles and standards
  - essential period end adjustment and valuation principles
  - contents of the financial statement including notes
  - cash flow statement
  - non-financial information
  - income taxation of a company

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Student
  - is able to assist in preparing the financial statements and prepare some basic period end adjustments
  - is able to recognize the difference between taxable income and net income
  - is able to distinguish tax rules for different company forms

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Student
  - is able to prepare financial statements according to accounting principles and standards
  - is able to apply valuation principles to assets and liabilities
  - is able to prepare basic cash flow statement
  - is able to outline basic requirements for sustainability reporting
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and provide some advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Student
  - is able to prepare independently financial statement by applying all necessary accounting standards and principles
  - is able to verify and justify that financial statements give a true and fair view of the company
  - is able to prepare cash flow statement
  - is able to apply common sustainability reporting requirements in connection to financial statements
  - is able to derive taxable income from the net income
  - is able to choose applicable tax rules for different company forms and recognize the differences in their total tax rate
  - provide advice on tax matters to management and owners

  Further information

  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is an EVENING CONTACT implementation.
  The lessons contain lectures, examples and exercises mainly in excel. If time allows, Procountor accounting program will be used as well.
  Flipped classroom is used for certain sections of the course.The implementation requires independent studies.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Harrison, W. T., Thomas, C. W., Tietz, W. M. & Suwardy, T. (2024). Financial accounting: International financial reporting standards (12th edition, global edition.). Pearson. Chapters 3, 4, 6, 7, 9.
  
  Accounting Act and Decree (Finland)
  Applicable tax laws (Finland)
  
  Other materials informed by the course teacher.

  Teachers

  Leena Mekkonen-Leppänen

  Working life connections

  Practical examples as much as possible. The material and exercises are according to Finnish GAAP.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam will be during the last week of the course in the electronic exam room.
  The 1st retake opportunity will be in the electronic exam room within 2-3 weeks after the course.
  2nd retake by request.
  
  Exam is 70-80% of the course grade.
  Assignments (Excel and/or Procountor) are 20-30% of the course grade.

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 11.10.2024

  Learning assignments

  Course contains class exercises in excel with solutions in Moodle.
  There will 4-6 assignments in excel and/or Procountor making 20-30% of the course grade.

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  Weekly evening lessons on Mondays.

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • EXCH
  • IBEB5PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  RPL and Work study available.
  For RPL, contact the teacher.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Exam (electronic exam room) 70-80%
  Excel and/or Procountor assignments 20-30%

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Communication (for Finnish-speaking students) FIN014AS2AE-3005 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  This course has practical orientation, drawing on both theoretical knowledge and personal communication skills. You are familiar with different areas of corporate communications as well as with the linguistic and stylistic conventions of business writing in Finnish. You are able to write effective and reader-friendly messages and documents and you can prepare a professional report in Finnish. You are aware of the importance and strategic role of communication in companies and other organizations.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites. The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully.

  Contents

  - Functions of corporate and community communication
  - Basics of business related text types
  - Formal writing in a professional setting
  - Written report (project work)
  - Language planning

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  You have a basic theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the most relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can partly apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have satisfactory skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence:
  You show satisfactory activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  You have a good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the relevant
  concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have good skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence:
  You show activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  You have a very good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. Your use of the relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports in new contexts is very accurate. Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have excellent skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence:
  You show excellent activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This is a virtual course. The course language of instruction is Finnish.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 16.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • REE4HA1
  • REE3HA1
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Communication (for Finnish-speaking students) FIN014AS2AE-3006 13.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  This course has practical orientation, drawing on both theoretical knowledge and personal communication skills. You are familiar with different areas of corporate communications as well as with the linguistic and stylistic conventions of business writing in Finnish. You are able to write effective and reader-friendly messages and documents and you can prepare a professional report in Finnish. You are aware of the importance and strategic role of communication in companies and other organizations.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites. The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully.

  Contents

  - Functions of corporate and community communication
  - Basics of business related text types
  - Formal writing in a professional setting
  - Written report (project work)
  - Language planning

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  You have a basic theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the most relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can partly apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have satisfactory skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence:
  You show satisfactory activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  You have a good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. You know the relevant
  concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports and can apply them to new contexts. Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have good skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence:
  You show activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  You have a very good theoretical knowledge of corporate communications. Your use of the relevant concepts and Haaga-Helia guidelines for writing reports in new contexts is very accurate. Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills:
  You have excellent skills to produce and deliver professional texts and reports in Finnish. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence:
  You show excellent activity and initiative in the learning process. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This is a virtual course. The course language of instruction is Finnish.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  The course language of instruction is Finnish and you need to have proficient user language skills (level C1-C2) to follow the course successfully. No other prerequisites.
  
  This is a virtual course.
  
  On this course, the students work independently. There is no team work.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Kortetjärvi-Nurmi, S. & Murtola, K. Areena. Yritysviestinnän käsikirja. Edita. Helsinki.
  
  Other materials on Moodle at the beginning of the implementation.

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Working life connections

  The content of the course is closely related to the communicational environment as well as the skills and knowledge needed in work life.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  Finnish

  Timing

  13.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Learning assigments, Moodle exams, written assignments and a project report.
  
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 10.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  The course starts in January and ands in May. There are learning assignments throughout the course, and at the end the students submit a larger written assignment (project report) based on a communicational theme. Closer information on Moodle.

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • VIRTUAL
  • IBE4PACOM
  • INSTRUCTED
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Alternative learning methods

  If you have acquired the required learning outcomes, you can show your competences with a demonstration. For more detailed information, please contact the responsible teacher.
  
  More information and instructions regarding the recognition of learning: https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning

  Seats

  30 - 60

  Further information

  Learning assignments 0–3, 5 ja 6 30 %
  Written assignments 3A & 3B 10 %
  Project work (report) 30 %
  A test on Finnish language proficiency (kielenhuolto) 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Business Culture and Society INT004AS2AE-3006 19.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (NONSTOP, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successful competition of the course, the student has achieved an orientation to the Finnish market and culture, and is able to:
  
  1. understand the Finnish society, and the most important stages of history and culture, and understand their effects on the contemporary Finnish society.
  2. understand the characteristics of Finnish business culture and customs.
  3. understand practices in Finnish business communication to successfully communicate with the Finnish speaking market.
  4. understand the Finnish business environment, its actors, and organizational cultures.
  5. demonstrate ability to implement the knowledge of Finnish business culture in own actions.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No pre-requirements.
  This course is for non-Finnish students.

  Contents

  Contents
  
  1. Finnish society and market (history, politics, economy, culture)
  2. Finnish business culture and customs
  3. Finnish business communication
  4. Business environment, actors, and organizational culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  The student is able to recognize and understand the major characteristics of the Finnish society, and some important stages of history and culture. The student has a basic understanding of Finnish business communication, business culture and business environment.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  The student understands the Finnish society and the main stages of history and culture and their effects on the contemporary society. Also, the student understands the characteristics of Finnish business culture and customs. The student understands the business environment, its actors, and organizational cultures.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  The student understands and can analyze the Finnish society, culture, and history. Also, the student understands practices in Finnish business communication to successfully communicate with the Finnish speaking market
  The student demonstrates ability to implement the knowledge of Finnish business environment and culture in own actions

  Further information

  This course is meant for those international students whose mother tongue is not Finnish or Swedish.

  ---

  Teachers

  Ana Dimkar

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  01.01.2024 - 01.01.2024

  Groups

  • NONSTOP
  • FH24S
  • VIRTUAL
  • INSTRUCTED

  Seats

  30 - 100

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Virtual proportion

  5 cr

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3035 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Terhi Leimu, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3037 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB1PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive supervised assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 1-5 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive supervised assignments replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Weekly follow-up tests
  Video assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  On Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 from August 30th to December 13th
  Intensive week 42, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • IBEB1PA1
  • EVENING
  • CONTACT

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment: oral skills, homework, follow-ups 40 %
  Supervised assignment 1 30 %
  Supervised assignment 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3038 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays in Pasila.
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 1 - 5 (2020).
  Other material available in Moodle and online.

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  07.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 40 %
  Exam 1 30 %
  Exam 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3048 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on xxx at xxx in
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 1-5 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 40 %
  Exam 1 30 %
  Exam 2 30 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 1 FIN001AS2AE-3036 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE1PA3, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can introduce oneself, give basic information about oneself and ask simple questions
  * can understand and use basic expressions and simple sentences in routine everyday situation
  * is able to deal with some everyday social situations and handle simple shopping situations
  * is aware of the basic characteristics of the Finnish language, culture and habits
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  • basics of pronunciation
  • greetings
  • numbers and time expressions
  • family
  • weather
  • everyday life
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact course.
  - discussion and oral presentation
  - reading and written assignments
  - individual and group exercises
  - quizzes and tests

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Suomen mestari 1. New edition! Finn Lectura. Chapters 1 – 5.
  
  ISBN/GTIN: 978-951-1-33423-1
  
  Additional material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Pia Mattila

  Working life connections

  This is your first step to get important language skills. It is difficult to find a job in Finland without knowing any Finnish.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - First supervised written assignment on Tuesday the 22nd of October at Pasila Campus.
  - Second supervised written assignment on Tuesday the 10th of December at Pasila Campus.
  
  - Students, who want to improve their grade after the course, can take a re-test. You have two attempts within half a year after the course has ended. Ask your teacher for the dates.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is conducted in BBA programs with a mix of international students. Also, the Finnish language and culture taught in the course will expand your knowledge of internationality.

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  - daily quizzes and exercises in class
  - two bigger, supervised, written assignments

  Enrollment

  12.08.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  - contact classes on Tuesdays and Thursdays at 14:00-15:30 in Pasila campus.
  - Classes are in classroom PA/1005.

  Groups

  • IBE1PA3
  • IBE1PA2
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1

  Alternative learning methods

  If you already have skills and competences matching the goals of this course, you can show them through demonstration in the beginning of each semester. Ask the teacher of the course. More information https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning
  
  RPL days in autumn 2024: (to be announced later)
  
  More information in August 2024.
  
  You don't have to enroll in these tests.

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  - continuous assessment in class, based on your skills shown in oral and written exercises and on your results in daily quizzes and homework. 30 %
  - two supervised written assignments 70 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3018 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Contact course.
  - discussion and oral presentation
  - reading and written assignments
  - individual and group exercises
  - quizzes and tests

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Suomen mestari 1. New edition! Finn Lectura. Chapters 6 - 9.
  
  ISBN/GTIN: 978-951-1-33423-1 (New edition!)
  
  Additional material provided by the teacher.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo

  Working life connections

  These basic courses are your first steps to get important language skills. It is difficult to find a job in Finland without knowing any Finnish language or Finnish culture.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  - First supervised written assignment ("midterm test") on Fri 13.10.2023 at 14:00 at Pasila Campus
  - Second supervised written assignment ("final test") on Fri 8.12.2023 at 14:00 at Pasila Campus
  
  - Students, who want to improve their grade after the course, can take a re-test. You have two attempts within half a year after the course has ended. Ask your teacher for the dates. The re-test covers the whole course content. Re-test only can approve the points you got from the "supervised assignments". The points for "continuous assessment" stay.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  The course is conducted in BBA programs with a mix of international students. Also, the Finnish language and culture taught in the course will expand your knowledge of internationality.

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  - daily quizzes and exercises in class
  - two bigger, supervised, written assignments

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  - contact classes on Wednesdays and Fridays at 14:00 - 15:45 in Pasila campus.
  - See the Moodle for exact places. The classes are planned to be in classroom PA/1004.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • TF2SWD
  • TF2DIG
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK

  Alternative learning methods

  If you already have skills and competences matching the goals of this course, you can show them through demonstration in the beginning of each semester. Ask the teacher of the course. More information https://www.haaga-helia.fi/en/recognition-learning
  
  Next RPL days in January 2024. Ask for more details closer to the January.
  You don't have to enroll in these tests.

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Further information

  - continuous assessment in class, based on your skills shown in oral and written exercises and on your results in daily quizzes and homework. 30 %
  - two supervised written assignments 70 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3019 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Terhi Leimu, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3020 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE1PA1
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE2PA2

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 2 FIN002AS2AE-3021 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (EVENING, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  * can communicate in simple everyday situations
  * can tell about his/her home
  * knows some work-related vocabulary
  * can use and understand the local case system of nouns
  * is able to use the surrounding language environment to develop one’s language skills.
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A1.2.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 1 or equivalent competence (about 5 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • pronunciation
  • housing
  • traveling
  • food and drink
  • professions and work
  • expressing place and direction
  • basic structures and vocabulary for everyday needs

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Laura Uusitalo
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Study book: Sonja Gehring & Sanni Heinzmann: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 1, Finn Lectura, chapters 6-9 (2020)
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives international students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive learning assignments (weeks xx and xx) replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On Wednesdays at 17:40-20.30 from January xx to May xx
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle

  Groups

  • EVENING
  • CONTACT
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3014 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBEB3PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBEB3PA1
  • IBE3PA3
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE3PA2
  • IBE3PA1

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3015 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Terhi Leimu, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 3 FIN003AS2AE-3016 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBE2PA1, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  
  * can tell about his/her past
  * is able to talk about his/her health
  * can discuss his/her free time and hobbies
  * develops his/her vocabulary and knowledge about the grammatical structures of the course.
  
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.1.

  Contents

  • Travelling
  • Health
  • Free time activities and hobbies
  • The past tense of verbs (Imperfect)
  • The construction `have to´
  • The forms of object

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  (Min. 40% competence level)
  Developmental competence
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  (Min. 70% competence level)
  Functionally proficient
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills: Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  (Min. 90% competence level)
  Mastery
  Knowledge: Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  Skills; Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  Competence: In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Taija Hämäläinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Wednesdays at 14:00-15.45 and Fridays at 12:00-13.45 in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)
  
  Emphasis will be given to all four language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing.
  The class will provide students the opportunity to practice new vocabulary and grammatical structures through in-class discussion of assigned activities and readings. To succeed in this course, you must actively participate and you will be expected to attend class regularly, prepare for class, and speak as much Finnish as possible.
  
  Contact hours: oral and written exercises individually and in pairs, group work, learning games.
  Independent studies: homework and preparation for lessons, exams and assignments, online material.
  This course develops student’s ability to understand and use Finnish language further and activates the language skills learned earlier. The students are encouraged and able to use Finnish in everyday situations.

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Gehring, Sonja & Heinzmann, Sanni: Uudistettu Suomen mestari 2. Finn Lectura. Helsinki. Chapters 1-4. (2022)
  Note! The renewed version of Suomen mestari 2 book (2022) will be used on the course.
  Other material provided by the teacher

  Teachers

  Anna-Reetta Kokkonen

  Working life connections

  Learning Finnish language and culture will give students skills and readiness to work in a Finnish speaking working environment.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive learning assignments (weeks xx and xx) replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  International students. Differences between Finnish and other cultures.

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On xxx from January xx to May xxx
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule in Moodle
  
  Themes handled during the course are health, travelling, presentations and Finnish working life.
  The grammar studied during the course:
  past tense forms of verbs (simple past and perfect tenses)
  object
  imperative forms of verbs
  pluperfect forms of verbs
  3. infinitive forms of verbs.

  Groups

  • IBE2PA1
  • CONTACT
  • IBE2PA3
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBE2PA2
  • IBEB2PA1

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %
  
  Regular and active participation is crucial to your progress. Coming on time, being prepared, doing activities, answering questions and speaking Finnish as much as possible are all part of the continuous demonstration of your language skills.

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3011 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (IBE4PAACC, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Groups

  • IBE4PAACC
  • CONTACT
  • 3AMK
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3012 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (IBEB4PAHRL, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teachers

  Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Groups

  • IBEB4PAHRL
  • IBE4PAACC
  • IBEB4PAMAR
  • CONTACT
  • IBE4PASCM
  • IBE4PAMAR
  • IBE4PACOM
  • IBE3PA1
  • IBEB4PAACC

  Seats

  15 - 50

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish Language and Culture 4 FIN004AS2AE-3013 19.08.2024-31.07.2025  5 cr  (DEMO) +-
  Learning objectives

  After successfully completing the course, the student
  - can tell about his/her studies and work experience and write a CV in Finnish
  - can discuss festivities and national holiday traditions in Finland and other countries
  - is able to handle simple communication situations as a customer in offices and shops
  - is able to follow news in easy Finnish (Selkouutiset)
  The target level on the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages CEFR is A2.2 - B1.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  Prerequisite: Finnish Language and Culture 3 or equivalent competence (about 15 ECTS of previous studies).

  Contents

  • communication in offices
  • education and work experience
  • applying for a job in Finland
  • shopping
  • celebrating national holidays and other events
  • past tenses of verbs (perfekti, pluskvamperfekti)
  • plural forms of nouns

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course. Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations. In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge in the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  Coordinating teacher: Tuula Jäppinen
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  This is a demonstration or DEMO-implementation for students who already have the knowledge and skills taught on the course. The course does not have tuition or classes.

  Teachers

  Laura Uusitalo, Terhi Leimu, Tuula Jäppinen

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Timing

  19.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

  Enrollment

  01.08.2024 - 01.08.2024

  Groups

  • DEMO

  Seats

  15 - 40

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3014 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Mondays at 11-14
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material provided by the teacher
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Maria Jompero

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives exchange students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland during their stay.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  26.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  03.06.2024 - 23.08.2024

  Content scheduling

  On Mondays at 11-14,

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3015 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Classes on Thursdays in Pasila
  Active self-study between the lessons (homework and Moodle exercises)
  Two comprehensive learning assignments (tests)
  Other learning assignments (video, text)

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material provided by the teacher
  Other material available in Moodle and online

  Teachers

  Sanna Kukkonen

  Working life connections

  The course is through language strongly linked to the Finnish society which gives exchange students a possibility to adapt more easily to Finland during their stay.

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Two comprehensive learning assignments (weeks xx and xx) replacing one final exam
  Re-exam (covering the whole course) to be agreed separately

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural student group

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Homework and weekly exercises in Moodle
  Video assignment
  Writing assignment
  All assignments must be submitted within the agreed schedule (deadlines announced in Moodle).

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  On Thursdays from January 23 to May 15
  Intensive weeks 8 and 12, no lessons
  Detailed schedule on Moodle

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Continuous assessment and oral skills 30 %
  Learning assignment 1 35 %
  Learning assignment 2 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3016 20.01.2025-16.05.2025  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is good in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you complete the given tasks and assignments independently. You are able to apply your knowledge in practical situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can critique your own abilities and identify ways to improve.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic to good knowledge of the language and you demonstrate sufficient ability to apply your skills. You can perform independently, but you have some challenges in passing on your skills and knowledge to others. You have an interest in professional development.

  Assessment criteria - grade 5

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is excellent in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to apply your knowledge in demanding situations, considering the projected learning outcomes of the course. You can independently find ways to develop your skills and to cope in spontaneous situations.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have detailed and explicit knowledge of the language and you apply your skills with natural proficiency. You can perform independently and you are also able and actively willing to help others develop and pass on your skills. You have an attitude of continuous professional development.

  Further information

  This course is for exchange students only.
  
  When the implementation type of the course is contact, online or blended it is required that the student is present during those teaching hours that are marked in the study schedule. If you are absent more than 25%, your grade will be lowered by one. If you are absent more than 50%, the course is failed.

  ---

  Teaching methods and instruction

  Teaching sessions in classroom
  Weekly independent study and exercises
  Individual and group assignments

  Learning material and recommended literature

  Material available in Moodle

  Teachers

  Pia Mattila

  Campus

  Pasila Campus

  Exam dates and re-exam possibilities

  Exam dates are announced in Moodle.
  Teacher will tell about re-exams.

  Teaching language

  English

  Internationality

  Multicultural learning environment and multicultural student teams

  Timing

  20.01.2025 - 16.05.2025

  Learning assignments

  Weekly independent study and homework
  Individual assignments
  Group assignment (video)

  Enrollment

  02.01.2025 - 17.01.2025

  Content scheduling

  20 January - 16 May
  3 hours / week. Lessons are on Wednesdays at 14:00-16:30.
  Notice: this course starts on the week 4.
  Further details available in Moodle in the beginning of January.

  Groups

  • CONTACT
  • EXCH

  Seats

  15 - 45

  Further information

  Active participation and learning assignments: 30 %
  Exam 1: 35 %
  Exam 2: 35 %

  Degree Programme

  INTBBA International Business

  Evaluation scale

  H-5

  Credits

  • 5 cr

  Unit

  Bachelor of Business Administration (ENG)

•     Finnish for Exchange Students FIN015AS2AE-3013 26.08.2024-13.12.2024  5 cr  (CONTACT, ...) +-
  Learning objectives

  After completing this course the student:
  - knows the elementary vocabulary and structures of Finnish language needed in routine everyday situations
  - has had a chance to practice and improve his / her independent language learning skills
  - has learned to use the surrounding language environment to improve his / her Finnish skills
  - is familiar with the basic characteristics of Finnish language, culture and habits related to everyday life.

  Starting level and linkage with other courses

  No prerequisites.

  Contents

  - Basics of the pronunciation
  - Vocabulary and key phrases for everyday and studying purposes
  - Asking and giving information in everyday situations
  - Shopping and ordering
  - Introduction to expressing time, place and direction
  - Information about Finland and the Finnish culture

  Assessment criteria

  Assessment criteria - grade 1

  Knowledge:
  Your knowledge of the language is satisfactory in view of the projected learning outcomes of the course.
  
  Skills:
  Your skills allow you to complete the given tasks and assignments with assistance. You need to develop how to apply your knowledge.
  
  Competence:
  In view of the projected learning outcomes, you have a basic knowledge of the language and you demonstrate a limited ability to apply your skills, but you have difficulty to manage without assistance.

  Assessment criteria - grade 3